NO841788L - HETEROCYCLYL-LAVALKYL-PENEM COMPOUNDS, PROCEDURES FOR THEIR PREPARATION, PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS, CONTAINING THESE COMPOUNDS AND APPLICATION OF THE LATER - Google Patents
HETEROCYCLYL-LAVALKYL-PENEM COMPOUNDS, PROCEDURES FOR THEIR PREPARATION, PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS, CONTAINING THESE COMPOUNDS AND APPLICATION OF THE LATERInfo
- Publication number
- NO841788L NO841788L NO841788A NO841788A NO841788L NO 841788 L NO841788 L NO 841788L NO 841788 A NO841788 A NO 841788A NO 841788 A NO841788 A NO 841788A NO 841788 L NO841788 L NO 841788L
- Authority
- NO
- Norway
- Prior art keywords
- lower alkyl
- formula
- substituted
- compounds
- residue
- Prior art date
Links
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 title claims description 179
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims description 41
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 title claims description 15
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 title claims description 7
- -1 phosphonio group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 295
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 127
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 119
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 87
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 64
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 33
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 31
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 30
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 30
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 24
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 claims description 23
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 20
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 claims description 17
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000001476 phosphono group Chemical group [H]OP(*)(=O)O[H] 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethyl ester of formic acid Natural products O=COCC1=CC=CC=C1 UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 claims description 7
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000005236 alkanoylamino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000005237 alkyleneamino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000001462 1-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [*]N1C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000003626 1,2,4-triazol-1-yl group Chemical group [*]N1N=C([H])N=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000005092 alkenyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004029 hydroxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001607 1,2,3-triazol-1-yl group Chemical group [*]N1N=NC([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000004066 1-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([*])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000000369 oxido group Chemical group [*]=O 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000003356 phenylsulfanyl group Chemical group [*]SC1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- PXQLVRUNWNTZOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfanyl Chemical class [SH] PXQLVRUNWNTZOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 125000004523 tetrazol-1-yl group Chemical group N1(N=NN=C1)* 0.000 claims 1
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 104
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 90
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 77
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 48
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 48
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 48
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 40
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 36
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 32
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 28
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 27
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 24
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 24
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 24
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 22
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 20
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- FVAUCKIRQBBSSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium iodide Chemical compound [Na+].[I-] FVAUCKIRQBBSSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 15
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 14
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 14
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 13
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 125000001181 organosilyl group Chemical group [SiH3]* 0.000 description 13
- 125000005740 oxycarbonyl group Chemical group [*:1]OC([*:2])=O 0.000 description 13
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 13
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 239000012442 inert solvent Substances 0.000 description 12
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 12
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 11
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 11
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 11
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 11
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 10
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Substances [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 10
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 9
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000000020 sulfo group Chemical group O=S(=O)([*])O[H] 0.000 description 9
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 8
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 8
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000005103 alkyl silyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- MNFORVFSTILPAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N azetidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CCN1 MNFORVFSTILPAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 125000003638 stannyl group Chemical group [H][Sn]([H])([H])* 0.000 description 8
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Fluoride anion Chemical compound [F-] KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 7
- XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphine Chemical class P XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 7
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 7
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 7
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic anhydride Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)=O WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 238000006136 alcoholysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000003754 ethoxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC)* 0.000 description 6
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 6
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 6
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 description 6
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 6
- FPGGTKZVZWFYPV-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylammonium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC FPGGTKZVZWFYPV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- HHLFWLYXYJOTON-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glyoxylic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=O HHLFWLYXYJOTON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000001589 carboacyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000012374 esterification agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000008282 halocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000005984 hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 5
- WURFKUQACINBSI-UHFFFAOYSA-M ozonide Chemical compound [O]O[O-] WURFKUQACINBSI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N palladium;triphenylphosphane Chemical compound [Pd].C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 235000009518 sodium iodide Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000011877 solvent mixture Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000000954 2-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])O[H] 0.000 description 4
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicylcohexylcarbodiimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000004982 aromatic amines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002329 infrared spectrum Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000006385 ozonation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910000073 phosphorus hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- PUZPDOWCWNUUKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].[Na+] PUZPDOWCWNUUKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000003797 solvolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N thionyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)=O FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiourea Chemical compound NC(N)=S UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 4
- NOOLISFMXDJSKH-KXUCPTDWSA-N (-)-Menthol Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H]1CC[C@@H](C)C[C@H]1O NOOLISFMXDJSKH-KXUCPTDWSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CISALONQNBMMOO-WCBMZHEXSA-N (3s,4r)-3-[[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxymethyl]-4-methylsulfonylazetidin-2-one Chemical compound CC(C)(C)[Si](C)(C)OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](S(C)(=O)=O)NC1=O CISALONQNBMMOO-WCBMZHEXSA-N 0.000 description 3
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N (S)-malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OISVCGZHLKNMSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-dimethylpyridine Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C)=N1 OISVCGZHLKNMSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KWPQTFXULUUCGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4,5,7,8,9,10,10a-octahydropyrido[1,2-a][1,4]diazepine Chemical compound C1CCN=CC2CCCCN21 KWPQTFXULUUCGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrazine Chemical compound NN OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Malonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FKNQFGJONOIPTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium cation Chemical compound [Na+] FKNQFGJONOIPTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000005864 Sulphur Substances 0.000 description 3
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical group [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000003668 acetyloxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(=O)O[*] 0.000 description 3
- 229910001413 alkali metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000005907 alkyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 3
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000001718 carbodiimides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N diisopropylamine Chemical compound CC(C)NC(C)C UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229910001385 heavy metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000000852 hydrogen donor Substances 0.000 description 3
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000007327 hydrogenolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000001160 methoxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene Natural products CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium aluminosilicate Chemical compound [Na+].[Al+3].[O-][Si]([O-])=O.[O-][Si]([O-])=O URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- QDRKDTQENPPHOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium ethoxide Chemical compound [Na+].CC[O-] QDRKDTQENPPHOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910001415 sodium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- GGCZERPQGJTIQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium;9,10-dioxoanthracene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=C3C(=O)C2=C1 GGCZERPQGJTIQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 3
- LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N teixobactin Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H]1C(N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C[C@@H]2NC(=N)NC2)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)O[C@H]1C)[C@@H](C)CC)=O)NC)C1=CC=CC=C1 LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical class [H]S* 0.000 description 3
- 229910052718 tin Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000017105 transposition Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000026 trimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([*])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- OBETXYAYXDNJHR-SSDOTTSWSA-M (2r)-2-ethylhexanoate Chemical compound CCCC[C@@H](CC)C([O-])=O OBETXYAYXDNJHR-SSDOTTSWSA-M 0.000 description 2
- RQEUFEKYXDPUSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-phenylethylamine Chemical compound CC(N)C1=CC=CC=C1 RQEUFEKYXDPUSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-DUZGATOHSA-N D-isoascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-DUZGATOHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QMMFVYPAHWMCMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl sulfide Chemical compound CSC QMMFVYPAHWMCMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 2
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorane Chemical compound F KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroquinone Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HBBGRARXTFLTSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium ion Chemical compound [Li+] HBBGRARXTFLTSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 2
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JLTDJTHDQAWBAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-dimethylaniline Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 JLTDJTHDQAWBAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NPYPAHLBTDXSSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium ion Chemical compound [K+] NPYPAHLBTDXSSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N R-2-phenyl-2-hydroxyacetic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FOIXSVOLVBLSDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver ion Chemical compound [Ag+] FOIXSVOLVBLSDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium Chemical compound [Na] KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000191967 Staphylococcus aureus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000193996 Streptococcus pyogenes Species 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Natural products NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910001515 alkali metal fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000008044 alkali metal hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001342 alkaline earth metals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000005210 alkyl ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001350 alkyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001118 alkylidene group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- OBETXYAYXDNJHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-ethylcaproic acid Natural products CCCCC(CC)C(O)=O OBETXYAYXDNJHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-hydroxysuccinic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N anisole Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC=C1 RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000003435 aroyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- WTEOIRVLGSZEPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron trifluoride Chemical compound FB(F)F WTEOIRVLGSZEPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LSPHULWDVZXLIL-QUBYGPBYSA-N camphoric acid Chemical compound CC1(C)[C@H](C(O)=O)CC[C@]1(C)C(O)=O LSPHULWDVZXLIL-QUBYGPBYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JYYOBHFYCIDXHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonic acid;hydrate Chemical compound O.OC(O)=O JYYOBHFYCIDXHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 2
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- LOUPRKONTZGTKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N cinchonine Natural products C1C(C(C2)C=C)CCN2C1C(O)C1=CC=NC2=CC=C(OC)C=C21 LOUPRKONTZGTKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003983 crown ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 2
- MGNZXYYWBUKAII-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexa-1,3-diene Chemical compound C1CC=CC=C1 MGNZXYYWBUKAII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HGCIXCUEYOPUTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexene Chemical compound C1CCC=CC1 HGCIXCUEYOPUTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N d-ephedrine Natural products CNC(C)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012024 dehydrating agents Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002720 diazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002373 hemiacetals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000006698 hydrazinolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000004678 hydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 2
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodine Chemical compound II PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 2
- AMXOYNBUYSYVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium bromide Chemical compound [Li+].[Br-] AMXOYNBUYSYVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229910001416 lithium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000002808 molecular sieve Substances 0.000 description 2
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003232 p-nitrobenzoyl group Chemical group [N+](=O)([O-])C1=CC=C(C(=O)*)C=C1 0.000 description 2
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229910001414 potassium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium tert-butoxide Chemical compound [K+].CC(C)(C)[O-] LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001501 propionyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- LOUPRKONTZGTKE-LHHVKLHASA-N quinidine Chemical compound C([C@H]([C@H](C1)C=C)C2)C[N@@]1[C@H]2[C@@H](O)C1=CC=NC2=CC=C(OC)C=C21 LOUPRKONTZGTKE-LHHVKLHASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000006798 ring closing metathesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000004469 siloxy group Chemical group [SiH3]O* 0.000 description 2
- 229940054334 silver cation Drugs 0.000 description 2
- SQGYOTSLMSWVJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N silver(1+) nitrate Chemical compound [Ag+].[O-]N(=O)=O SQGYOTSLMSWVJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JVBXVOWTABLYPX-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium dithionite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S(=O)S([O-])=O JVBXVOWTABLYPX-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000011775 sodium fluoride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013024 sodium fluoride Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000012312 sodium hydride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000104 sodium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium sulfite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])=O GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- RZWQDAUIUBVCDD-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;benzenethiolate Chemical compound [Na+].[S-]C1=CC=CC=C1 RZWQDAUIUBVCDD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960004793 sucrose Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- BCNZYOJHNLTNEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)[Si](C)(C)Cl BCNZYOJHNLTNEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003510 tertiary aliphatic amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrachloromethane Chemical compound ClC(Cl)(Cl)Cl VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiocyanic acid Chemical compound SC#N ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 2
- IMFACGCPASFAPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributylamine Chemical compound CCCCN(CCCC)CCCC IMFACGCPASFAPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TUQOTMZNTHZOKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributylphosphine Chemical compound CCCCP(CCCC)CCCC TUQOTMZNTHZOKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BDZBKCUKTQZUTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethyl phosphite Chemical compound CCOP(OCC)OCC BDZBKCUKTQZUTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CYTQBVOFDCPGCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethyl phosphite Chemical compound COP(OC)OC CYTQBVOFDCPGCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JQZIKLPHXXBMCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylmethanethiol Chemical class C=1C=CC=CC=1C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)(S)C1=CC=CC=C1 JQZIKLPHXXBMCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007306 turnover Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003673 urethanes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 2
- DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-NQMVMOMDSA-N (+)-Borneol Natural products C1C[C@]2(C)[C@H](O)C[C@@H]1C2(C)C DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-NQMVMOMDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-WEDXCCLWSA-N (+)-borneol Chemical compound C1C[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@@H]1C2(C)C DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-WEDXCCLWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-WPRPVWTQSA-N (-)-ephedrine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)[C@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-WPRPVWTQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-PSASIEDQSA-N (1s,2r)-2-(methylamino)-1-phenylpropan-1-ol Chemical compound CN[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-PSASIEDQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FRBUNLLUASHNDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-nitrophenyl)hydrazine Chemical compound NNC1=CC=CC=C1[N+]([O-])=O FRBUNLLUASHNDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N (2R)-2-hydroxy-2-phenylacetic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1.O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1 QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SJWFXCIHNDVPSH-MRVPVSSYSA-N (2R)-octan-2-ol Chemical compound CCCCCC[C@@H](C)O SJWFXCIHNDVPSH-MRVPVSSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SJWFXCIHNDVPSH-QMMMGPOBSA-N (2S)-octan-2-ol Chemical compound CCCCCC[C@H](C)O SJWFXCIHNDVPSH-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AAWZDTNXLSGCEK-LNVDRNJUSA-N (3r,5r)-1,3,4,5-tetrahydroxycyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H]1CC(O)(C(O)=O)C[C@@H](O)C1O AAWZDTNXLSGCEK-LNVDRNJUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RHRKYELMYBDALK-WVZVXSGGSA-N (3s,4r)-3-(hydroxymethyl)-4-methylsulfonylazetidin-2-one Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)[C@@H]1CO RHRKYELMYBDALK-WVZVXSGGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YJTKZCDBKVTVBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-Diphenylbenzene Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 YJTKZCDBKVTVBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SGUVLZREKBPKCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]-non-5-ene Chemical compound C1CCN=C2CCCN21 SGUVLZREKBPKCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOFIUEUUROFVMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(1h-indol-5-yl)ethanone Chemical compound CC(=O)C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 GOFIUEUUROFVMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GQIRIWDEZSKOCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chloro-n,n,2-trimethylprop-1-en-1-amine Chemical compound CN(C)C(Cl)=C(C)C GQIRIWDEZSKOCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YVRGKFXJZCTTRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chloroethyl ethyl carbonate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)OC(C)Cl YVRGKFXJZCTTRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SXVRSCIZJBGJGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chloropropan-2-ylbenzene Chemical compound ClCC(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 SXVRSCIZJBGJGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JJSCUXAFAJEQGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-isocyanatoethylbenzene Chemical compound O=C=NC(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 JJSCUXAFAJEQGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PQTVRBFZNRIBCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-sulfanylazetidin-2-one Chemical compound SN1CCC1=O PQTVRBFZNRIBCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-pyrrole Natural products C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000453 2,2,2-trichloroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl 0.000 description 1
- HORQAOAYAYGIBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine Chemical compound NNC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1[N+]([O-])=O HORQAOAYAYGIBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CILPHQCEVYJUDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(5-methyl-2-propan-2-ylcyclohexyl)oxyacetic acid Chemical compound CC(C)C1CCC(C)CC1OCC(O)=O CILPHQCEVYJUDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-SZSCBOSDSA-N 2-[(1s)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl]-3,4-dihydroxy-2h-furan-5-one Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)C1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-SZSCBOSDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,4-di(pentan-2-yl)phenoxy]acetyl chloride Chemical compound CCCC(C)C1=CC=C(OCC(Cl)=O)C(C(C)CCC)=C1 NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000022 2-aminoethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])N([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- GRWKNBPOGBTZMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-benzyl-3-phenylpropane-1,2-diamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CC(N)(CN)CC1=CC=CC=C1 GRWKNBPOGBTZMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003006 2-dimethylaminoethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004200 2-methoxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- XWKFPIODWVPXLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-5-methylpyridine Natural products CC1=CC=C(C)N=C1 XWKFPIODWVPXLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YOETUEMZNOLGDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpropyl carbonochloridate Chemical class CC(C)COC(Cl)=O YOETUEMZNOLGDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- PRGDFRGXMGKNEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(tetrazol-1-yl)butanoyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)CC(C)N1C=NN=N1 PRGDFRGXMGKNEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VOSYYKBUVFUVNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-pyrrol-1-ylbutanoyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)CC(C)N1C=CC=C1 VOSYYKBUVFUVNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XKTYXVDYIKIYJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3h-dioxole Chemical group C1OOC=C1 XKTYXVDYIKIYJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001999 4-Methoxybenzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1OC([H])([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000004800 4-bromophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C1Br 0.000 description 1
- 125000000242 4-chlorobenzoyl group Chemical group ClC1=CC=C(C(=O)*)C=C1 0.000 description 1
- XVMSFILGAMDHEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-(4-aminophenyl)sulfonylpyridin-3-amine Chemical compound C1=CC(N)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=N1 XVMSFILGAMDHEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RSWGJHLUYNHPMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Abietic-Saeure Natural products C12CCC(C(C)C)=CC2=CCC2C1(C)CCCC2(C)C(O)=O RSWGJHLUYNHPMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000497 Amalgam Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910015900 BF3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bisulfite Chemical compound OS([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930186147 Cephalosporin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AAWZDTNXLSGCEK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cordycepinsaeure Natural products OC1CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)C1O AAWZDTNXLSGCEK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N DL-menthol Natural products CC(C)C1CCC(C)CC1O NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YXHKONLOYHBTNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diazomethane Chemical compound C=[N+]=[N-] YXHKONLOYHBTNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicyclohexylamine Chemical compound C1CCCCC1NC1CCCCC1 XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen sulfide Chemical compound S RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000305071 Enterobacterales Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000194032 Enterococcus faecalis Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 1
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical class C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000606768 Haemophilus influenzae Species 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen atom Chemical compound [H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001358 L(+)-tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011002 L(+)-tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-LWMBPPNESA-N L-(+)-Tartaric acid Natural products OC(=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-LWMBPPNESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002211 L-ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000000069 L-ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002841 Lewis acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000151018 Maranta arundinacea Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010804 Maranta arundinacea Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HTLZVHNRZJPSMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-ethylpiperidine Chemical compound CCN1CCCCC1 HTLZVHNRZJPSMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001204 N-oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- FIWILGQIZHDAQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N NC1=C(C(=O)NCC2=CC=C(C=C2)OCC(F)(F)F)C=C(C(=N1)N)N1N=C(N=C1)C1(CC1)C(F)(F)F Chemical compound NC1=C(C(=O)NCC2=CC=C(C=C2)OCC(F)(F)F)C=C(C(=N1)N)N1N=C(N=C1)C1(CC1)C(F)(F)F FIWILGQIZHDAQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910002651 NO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000588652 Neisseria gonorrhoeae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588650 Neisseria meningitidis Species 0.000 description 1
- NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000007594 Oryza sativa Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000007164 Oryza sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ozone Chemical compound [O-][O+]=O CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000334216 Proteus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589517 Pseudomonas aeruginosa Species 0.000 description 1
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LOUPRKONTZGTKE-WZBLMQSHSA-N Quinine Chemical compound C([C@H]([C@H](C1)C=C)C2)C[N@@]1[C@@H]2[C@H](O)C1=CC=NC2=CC=C(OC)C=C21 LOUPRKONTZGTKE-WZBLMQSHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007868 Raney catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000564 Raney nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bisulfite Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])=O DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WQDUMFSSJAZKTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium methoxide Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C WQDUMFSSJAZKTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000193998 Streptococcus pneumoniae Species 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfurous acid Chemical compound OS(O)=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tert-Butanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000012419 Thalia geniculata Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021307 Triticum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000209140 Triticum Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000008042 Zea mays Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000005824 Zea mays ssp. parviglumis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000002017 Zea mays subsp mays Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910001297 Zn alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ITLHXEGAYQFOHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [diazo(phenyl)methyl]benzene Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=[N+]=[N-])C1=CC=CC=C1 ITLHXEGAYQFOHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RSWGJHLUYNHPMX-ONCXSQPRSA-N abietic acid Chemical compound C([C@@H]12)CC(C(C)C)=CC1=CC[C@@H]1[C@]2(C)CCC[C@@]1(C)C(O)=O RSWGJHLUYNHPMX-ONCXSQPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000738 acetamido group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(=O)N([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XMGZWGBXVLJOKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;toluene Chemical compound CC(O)=O.CC1=CC=CC=C1 XMGZWGBXVLJOKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PBCJIPOGFJYBJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetonitrile;hydrate Chemical compound O.CC#N PBCJIPOGFJYBJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005042 acyloxymethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003463 adsorbent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005377 adsorption chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010419 agar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910000288 alkali metal carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000008041 alkali metal carbonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001516 alkali metal iodide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000272 alkali metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001860 alkaline earth metal hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000005904 alkaline hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000008051 alkyl sulfates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005360 alkyl sulfoxide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 1
- SNAAJJQQZSMGQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminum magnesium Chemical compound [Mg].[Al] SNAAJJQQZSMGQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001409 amidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004202 aminomethyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004397 aminosulfonyl group Chemical group NS(=O)(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 1
- HOPRXXXSABQWAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N anhydrous collidine Natural products CC1=CC=NC(C)=C1C HOPRXXXSABQWAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005349 anion exchange Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012300 argon atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005101 aryl methoxy carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010533 azeotropic distillation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001540 azides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010945 base-catalyzed hydrolysis reactiony Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000008107 benzenesulfonic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003939 benzylamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012620 biological material Substances 0.000 description 1
- RRKTZKIUPZVBMF-IBTVXLQLSA-N brucine Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@H]([C@H]2C3)[C@@H]4N(C(C1)=O)C=1C=C(C(=CC=11)OC)OC)CC=C2CN2[C@@H]3[C@]41CC2 RRKTZKIUPZVBMF-IBTVXLQLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RRKTZKIUPZVBMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N brucine Natural products C1=2C=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=2N(C(C2)=O)C3C(C4C5)C2OCC=C4CN2C5C31CC2 RRKTZKIUPZVBMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000309464 bull Species 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- IAQRGUVFOMOMEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N butene Natural products CC=CC IAQRGUVFOMOMEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004106 butoxy group Chemical group [*]OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- AXCZMVOFGPJBDE-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Ca+2] AXCZMVOFGPJBDE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000920 calcium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001861 calcium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 159000000007 calcium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium stearate Chemical compound [Ca+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000008116 calcium stearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013539 calcium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- MIOPJNTWMNEORI-UHFFFAOYSA-N camphorsulfonic acid Chemical compound C1CC2(CS(O)(=O)=O)C(=O)CC1C2(C)C MIOPJNTWMNEORI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004649 carbonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonyldiimidazole Chemical compound C1=CN=CN1C(=O)N1C=CN=C1 PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002057 carboxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC(=O)C([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 239000012876 carrier material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009903 catalytic hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940124587 cephalosporin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001780 cephalosporins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008280 chlorinated hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001805 chlorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- GGRHYQCXXYLUTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloromethyl 2,2-dimethylpropanoate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(=O)OCCl GGRHYQCXXYLUTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRJWRGBVPUUDLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorosulfonyl isocyanate Chemical compound ClS(=O)(=O)N=C=O WRJWRGBVPUUDLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 1
- XBWRJSSJWDOUSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L chromium(ii) chloride Chemical compound Cl[Cr]Cl XBWRJSSJWDOUSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- KMPWYEUPVWOPIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N cinchonidine Natural products C1=CC=C2C(C(C3N4CCC(C(C4)C=C)C3)O)=CC=NC2=C1 KMPWYEUPVWOPIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KMPWYEUPVWOPIM-QAMTZSDWSA-N cinchonine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C([C@@H]([C@@H]3[N@]4CC[C@H]([C@H](C4)C=C)C3)O)=CC=NC2=C1 KMPWYEUPVWOPIM-QAMTZSDWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000571 coke Substances 0.000 description 1
- UTBIMNXEDGNJFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N collidine Natural products CC1=CC=C(C)C(C)=N1 UTBIMNXEDGNJFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007859 condensation product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006482 condensation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 1
- TVZPLCNGKSPOJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper zinc Chemical compound [Cu].[Zn] TVZPLCNGKSPOJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000005822 corn Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- DMSZORWOGDLWGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ctk1a3526 Chemical class NP(N)(N)=O DMSZORWOGDLWGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004292 cyclic ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008049 diazo compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000002249 digestive system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- SBZXBUIDTXKZTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N diglyme Chemical compound COCCOCCOC SBZXBUIDTXKZTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005054 dihydropyrrolyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])N1* 0.000 description 1
- 229940043279 diisopropylamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000118 dimethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006222 dimethylaminomethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000008034 disappearance Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000386 donor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006345 epimerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000032050 esterification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005886 esterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005745 ethoxymethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- RIFGWPKJUGCATF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl chloroformate Chemical group CCOC(Cl)=O RIFGWPKJUGCATF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000219 ethylidene group Chemical group [H]C(=[*])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002360 explosive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000001640 fractional crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960004275 glycolic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940047650 haemophilus influenzae Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000006331 halo benzoyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- GNOIPBMMFNIUFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethylphosphoric triamide Chemical compound CN(C)P(=O)(N(C)C)N(C)C GNOIPBMMFNIUFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000012907 honey Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002429 hydrazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940071870 hydroiodic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003301 hydrolyzing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003978 infusion fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013067 intermediate product Substances 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-M iodide Chemical compound [I-] XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000002496 iodine Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodomethane Chemical compound IC INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005928 isopropyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(OC(*)=O)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003951 lactams Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002596 lactones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004873 levomenthol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000007517 lewis acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012280 lithium aluminium hydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- HSZCZNFXUDYRKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium iodide Inorganic materials [Li+].[I-] HSZCZNFXUDYRKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Substances [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001630 malic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011090 malic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002510 mandelic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury Chemical compound [Hg] QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052753 mercury Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002736 metal compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001092 metal group alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane Chemical compound C VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940098779 methanesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005948 methanesulfonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methoxybenzene Substances CCCCOC=C UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004184 methoxymethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- UQVLQSMEKZLEIE-GKROBHDKSA-N methyl (2S,5R,6R)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-3,3-dimethyl-4,4,7-trioxo-4lambda6-thia-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]heptane-2-carboxylate Chemical compound O=S1(=O)C(C)(C)[C@H](C(=O)OC)N2C(=O)[C@@H](CO)[C@H]21 UQVLQSMEKZLEIE-GKROBHDKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MCVVUJPXSBQTRZ-ONEGZZNKSA-N methyl (e)-but-2-enoate Chemical compound COC(=O)\C=C\C MCVVUJPXSBQTRZ-ONEGZZNKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JZJOOJTUPYXYOL-SWLSCSKDSA-N methyl 2-[(2R,3S)-3-[[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxymethyl]-2-methylsulfonyl-4-oxoazetidin-1-yl]-3-methylbut-2-enoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C(=C(C)C)N1[C@H](S(C)(=O)=O)[C@@H](CO[Si](C)(C)C(C)(C)C)C1=O JZJOOJTUPYXYOL-SWLSCSKDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 150000002762 monocarboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- YNEMZPANWCXQLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dimethyl-2-(2h-tetrazol-5-yl)ethanamine Chemical compound CN(C)CCC=1N=NNN=1 YNEMZPANWCXQLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-(1,3-benzoxazol-2-yl)phenyl]-4-nitrobenzenesulfonamide Chemical class C1=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=C(C=2OC3=CC=CC=C3N=2)C=C1 SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LGROKZMEHJZWDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-amino-n-phenylnitramide Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)N(N)C1=CC=CC=C1 LGROKZMEHJZWDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002004 n-butylamino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004708 n-butylthio group Chemical group C(CCC)S* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003136 n-heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010899 nucleation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012038 nucleophile Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012434 nucleophilic reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010534 nucleophilic substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002903 organophosphorus compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000006408 oxalic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002924 oxiranes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- JSGZKHJWRITPII-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxoniumylideneazanide Chemical class O[N] JSGZKHJWRITPII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AUONHKJOIZSQGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxophosphane Chemical compound P=O AUONHKJOIZSQGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MUMZUERVLWJKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxoplatinum Chemical compound [Pt]=O MUMZUERVLWJKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001820 oxy group Chemical group [*:1]O[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 238000005949 ozonolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001037 p-tolyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000002941 palladium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002959 penams Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HHXMXAQDOUCLDN-RXMQYKEDSA-N penem Chemical compound S1C=CN2C(=O)C[C@H]21 HHXMXAQDOUCLDN-RXMQYKEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002217 penem group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002961 penems Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004714 phosphonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- OJMIONKXNSYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorous acid Chemical compound OP(O)O OJMIONKXNSYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004437 phosphorous atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005544 phthalimido group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000011197 physicochemical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000587 piperidin-1-yl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229910003446 platinum oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAEFZNCEHLXOMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium benzoate Chemical compound [K+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XAEFZNCEHLXOMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002028 premature Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N procaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- KOUKXHPPRFNWPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrazine-2,5-dicarboxylic acid;hydrate Chemical compound O.OC(=O)C1=CN=C(C(O)=O)C=N1 KOUKXHPPRFNWPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002112 pyrrolidino group Chemical group [*]N1C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000035484 reaction time Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000009566 rice Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000007086 side reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001961 silver nitrate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000003808 silyl group Chemical group [H][Si]([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ODZPKZBBUMBTMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium amide Chemical compound [NH2-].[Na+] ODZPKZBBUMBTMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004289 sodium hydrogen sulphite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010267 sodium hydrogen sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010265 sodium sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940031000 streptococcus pneumoniae Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000003457 sulfones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- GFYHSKONPJXCDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N sym-collidine Natural products CC1=CN=C(C)C(C)=C1 GFYHSKONPJXCDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001981 tert-butyldimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([H])(C([H])([H])[H])[*]C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005931 tert-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(OC(*)=O)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- YMBCJWGVCUEGHA-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetraethylammonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CC[N+](CC)(CC)CC YMBCJWGVCUEGHA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000844 transformation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003624 transition metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004306 triazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- DBGVGMSCBYYSLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributylstannane Chemical compound CCCC[SnH](CCCC)CCCC DBGVGMSCBYYSLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PVFOMCVHYWHZJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichloroacetyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl PVFOMCVHYWHZJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004044 trifluoroacetyl group Chemical group FC(C(=O)*)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- UEWNEQVNIYYFFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphanium;dibromide Chemical compound [Br-].[Br-].C1=CC=CC=C1[PH+](C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1[PH+](C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 UEWNEQVNIYYFFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002211 ultraviolet spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920001567 vinyl ester resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002023 wood Substances 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D257/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D257/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
- C07D257/04—Five-membered rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D499/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 4-thia-1-azabicyclo [3.2.0] heptane ring systems, i.e. compounds containing a ring system of the formula:, e.g. penicillins, penems; Such ring systems being further condensed, e.g. 2,3-condensed with an oxygen-, nitrogen- or sulfur-containing hetero ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D205/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D205/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
- C07D205/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
- C07D205/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with one oxygen atom directly attached in position 2, e.g. beta-lactams
- C07D205/09—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with one oxygen atom directly attached in position 2, e.g. beta-lactams with a sulfur atom directly attached in position 4
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D499/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 4-thia-1-azabicyclo [3.2.0] heptane ring systems, i.e. compounds containing a ring system of the formula:, e.g. penicillins, penems; Such ring systems being further condensed, e.g. 2,3-condensed with an oxygen-, nitrogen- or sulfur-containing hetero ring
- C07D499/88—Compounds with a double bond between positions 2 and 3 and a carbon atom having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. an ester or nitrile radical, directly attached in position 2
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F7/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 4 or 14 of the Periodic Table
- C07F7/02—Silicon compounds
- C07F7/08—Compounds having one or more C—Si linkages
- C07F7/18—Compounds having one or more C—Si linkages as well as one or more C—O—Si linkages
- C07F7/1804—Compounds having Si-O-C linkages
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
- C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
- C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
- C07F9/553—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07F9/568—Four-membered rings
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
Description
Den foreliggende oppfinnelse vedrører nye 2-heterocyklyl-laverealkyl-penem-forbindelser, fremgangsmåte til deres fremstilling, farmasøytiske preparater som inneholder slike forbindelser og deres anvendelse for fremstilling av farmasøytiske preparater eller som farmakologiske virksomme forbindelser. The present invention relates to new 2-heterocyclyl-lower alkyl-penem compounds, methods for their preparation, pharmaceutical preparations containing such compounds and their use for the preparation of pharmaceutical preparations or as pharmacologically active compounds.
Oppfinnelsen vedrører spesielt 2-heterocyklyllaverealkyl-2-penem-forbindelser med formelen The invention relates in particular to 2-heterocyclyl lower alkyl-2-penem compounds of the formula
hvor R 1 er med hydroksy eller beskyttet hydroksy substituert laverealkyl, R2betyr karboksyl eller funksjonell omdannet karboksyl, R^betyr et umettet monocyklisk azaheterocyklyl-rest som er bundet til rest -A- over et tertiært ringnitrogenatom og A betyr med laverealkyl substituert rettkjedet laverealkylen, optiske isomerer av forbindelser med formelen (I), blandinger av disse optiske isomerer og salter av slike forbindelser med formelen (I) som inneholder en saltdannende gruppe. where R 1 is hydroxy or protected hydroxy substituted lower alkyl, R 2 means carboxyl or functionally converted carboxyl, R^ means an unsaturated monocyclic azaheterocyclyl residue which is bound to residue -A- over a tertiary ring nitrogen atom and A means lower alkyl substituted straight chain lower alkylene, optical isomers of compounds of formula (I), mixtures of these optical isomers and salts of such compounds of formula (I) containing a salt-forming group.
I ovenfor og etterfølgende anvendte definisjoner har i rammen av påliggende beskrivelse fortrinnsvis de følgende betydninger: In the definitions used above and subsequently, within the framework of the applicable description, preferably have the following meanings:
Betegnelsen funksjonelt omdannet karboksyl R- betyrThe designation functionally converted carboxyl R- means
spesielt under fysiologiske betingelser spaltbart,especially under physiological conditions cleavable,
foretret karboksyl eller beskyttet karboksyl R'2.etherified carboxyl or protected carboxyl R'2.
En under fysiologiske betingelser~spaltbar, forestret karboksylgruppe R2beskytter forbindelsene med formelen I for saltdannelse i fordøyelsessystemet ved oralt admini-strering, hvormed for tidlig ekskresjon blir forhindret og er i første rekke en acyloksymetoksykarbonylgruppe, A cleavable under physiological conditions, esterified carboxyl group R2 protects the compounds of formula I from salt formation in the digestive system upon oral administration, whereby premature excretion is prevented and is primarily an acyloxymethoxycarbonyl group,
hvori acyl betyr f.eks. resten av en organisk karboksylsyre, i første rekke en eventuelt beskyttet laverealkankarboksylsyre, etter hvori acyloksymetyl danner resten til et lacton. Slike grupper er f.eks. laverealkanoyloksymetoksykarbonyl, aminolaverealkanoyloksymetoksykarbonyl, spesielt a-aminolaverealkanoyloksymetoksykarbonyl, 4-kroton-lactonyl og 4-butylolacton-4-yl. Ytterligere forestrede karboksylgrupper R2som er spaltbar under fysiologiske betingelser er f.eks. 5-indanyloksykarbonyl, 3-phthalidyloksykarbonyl, 1-laverealkoksykarbonyloksylaverealkoksykarbonyl, 1-laverealkoksylaverealkoksy- in which acyl means e.g. the residue of an organic carboxylic acid, primarily an optionally protected lower alkane carboxylic acid, after which acyloxymethyl forms the residue of a lactone. Such groups are e.g. lower alkanoyloxymethoxycarbonyl, aminoloweralkanoyloxymethoxycarbonyl, especially α-aminoloweralkanoyloxymethoxycarbonyl, 4-croton-lactonyl and 4-butyllacton-4-yl. Further esterified carboxyl groups R2 which are cleavable under physiological conditions are e.g. 5-indanyloxycarbonyl, 3-phthalidyloxycarbonyl, 1-lower oxycarbonyloxylaverealoxycarbonyl, 1-lower oxylaverealoxy-
karbonyl eller 2-oxo-1,3-dioxolen-4-ylmetoksykarbonyl, hvilket er substituert med laverealkyl eller fenyl i 5-stillingen i dioxolenringen. carbonyl or 2-oxo-1,3-dioxolen-4-ylmethoxycarbonyl, which is substituted with lower alkyl or phenyl in the 5-position of the dioxolene ring.
En umettet, monocyklisk azaheterocyklyl-rest R^ som erAn unsaturated, monocyclic azaheterocyclyl residue R^ which is
bundet til resten -A- over et tertiært ringnitrogenatom,bonded to the residue -A- over a tertiary ring nitrogen atom,
er spesielt en tilsvarende eventuelt partielt mettetis particularly a corresponding possibly partially saturated
dd dd
5-lettet heteroaryl-rest med 1 til 4 ringnitrogenatomer,5-lightened heteroaryl residue with 1 to 4 ring nitrogen atoms,
som en tilsvarende aza-, diaza-, triaza- eller tetraza-cyklisk rest av aromatisk karakter, eller er en tilsvarende dihydro-rest, eller en tilsvarende partielt, mettet 6- as a corresponding aza-, diaza-, triaza- or tetraza-cyclic residue of an aromatic character, or is a corresponding dihydro residue, or a corresponding partially saturated 6-
lettet heteroaryl-rest med 1 til 3 ringnitrogenatomet,simplified heteroaryl radical with 1 to 3 ring nitrogen atoms,
f.eks. en tilsvarende aza-, diaza- eller triaza-cyklisk rest, f.eks. tilsvarende dihydro- eller tetrahydro-rest. Tilsvarende rester R^ er f.eks. eventuelt partielt mettet pyrrolyl, diazolyl, triazolyl eller tetrazolyl eller partielt, mettet pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl eller triazinyl. Disse rester er usubstituert eller kan være substituert med eventuelt foretret eller forestret, inn-befattet eventuelt beskyttet hydroksy, f.eks. hydroksy, e.g. a corresponding aza-, diaza- or triaza-cyclic residue, e.g. corresponding dihydro or tetrahydro residue. Corresponding residues R^ are e.g. optionally partially saturated pyrrolyl, diazolyl, triazolyl or tetrazolyl or partially saturated pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl or triazinyl. These residues are unsubstituted or may be substituted with optionally etherified or esterified, including optionally protected hydroxy, e.g. hydroxy,
laverealkoksy, laverealkanoyloksy eller halogen, eventuelt foretret merkapto, f.eks. merkapto, laverealkylthio eller fenylthio, laverealkyl, hydroksylaverealkyl, laverealkoksylaverealkyl, karboksylaverealkyl, eventuelt N-laverealkylert aminolaverealkyl, f.eks. aminolaverealkyl eller dilaverealkylaminolaverealkyl, sulfonlaverealkyl, eventuelt substituert, inklusiv beskyttet amino, f.eks. amino, laverealkylamino, dilaverealkylamino, laverealkylenamino eller acylamino, lower alkoxy, lower alkanoyloxy or halogen, optionally etherified mercapto, e.g. mercapto, lower alkylthio or phenylthio, lower alkyl, hydroxyl lower alkyl, lower carboxy lower alkyl, carboxy lower alkyl, optionally N-lower alkylated amino lower alkyl, e.g. amino lower alkyl or di lower alkyl amino lower alkyl, sulfone lower alkyl, optionally substituted, including protected amino, e.g. amino, lower alkylamino, dilower alkylamino, lower alkyleneamino or acylamino,
som laverealkanoylamino, eventuelt funksjonelt omdannet, inklusiv beskyttet karboksyl eller sulfo, f.eks. karboksyl, sulfo, forestret karboksyl som laverealkoksykarbonyl, eventuelt beskyttet karbamoyl, som N-mono- eller N,N-dilaverealkylert karbamoyl, cyano eller sulfamoyl, eventuelt med lavere alkyl-, nitro, laverealkoksy og/eller halogen substituert fenyl. cykloalkyl, nitro, oxo og/eller oxido. Disse rester kan være spesielt mono- eller også polysubstituert, spesielt mono- eller disubstituert. as lower alkanoylamino, optionally functionally converted, including protected carboxyl or sulfo, e.g. carboxyl, sulfo, esterified carboxyl as lower alkoxycarbonyl, optionally protected carbamoyl, as N-mono- or N,N-diloweralkylated carbamoyl, cyano or sulfamoyl, optionally with lower alkyl-, nitro, lower alkoxy and/or halogen substituted phenyl. cycloalkyl, nitro, oxo and/or oxido. These residues can be especially mono- or also poly-substituted, especially mono- or di-substituted.
I den foreliggende beskrivelse betyr i forbindelse med definisjoner av grupper henholdsvis forbindelsen den anvendte betegnelse"lavere", at de tilsvarende grupper, henholdsvis forbindelser, inneholder inntil 7, fortrinnsvis inntil 4 karbonatomer, dersom annet uttrykkelig ikke er definert. In the present description, in connection with definitions of groups or compounds, the term "lower" used means that the corresponding groups, or compounds, contain up to 7, preferably up to 4 carbon atoms, unless otherwise expressly defined.
Med hydroksy substituerte laverealkyl R- er spesielt i a-stilling i penem-ringsjelettet med hydroksy substituert laverealkyl og betyr f.eks. 1-hydroksy-prop-1-yl, 2-hydroksy-prop-2-yl, 1-hydroksybut-1-yl, 2-hydroksybut-2-y1 eller spesielt hydroksymetyl eller 1-hydroksyetyl. With hydroxy-substituted lower alkyl R- is especially in the a-position in the penemen ring with hydroxy-substituted lower alkyl and means e.g. 1-hydroxy-prop-1-yl, 2-hydroxy-prop-2-yl, 1-hydroxybut-1-yl, 2-hydroxybut-2-yl or especially hydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxyethyl.
Laverealkanoyloksymetoksykarbonyl er f.eks. acetoksymetoksy-karbonyl eller pivaloyloksymetoksykarbonyl. Lower alkanoyloxymethoxycarbonyl is e.g. acetoxymethoxycarbonyl or pivaloyloxymethoxycarbonyl.
a-aminolaverealkanoyloksymetoksykarbonyl er f.eks. glycyloksymetoksykarbonyl, valyloksymetoksykarbonyl eller leucyloksymetoksykarbonyl. α-amino lower alkanoyloxymethoxycarbonyl is e.g. glycyloxymethoxycarbonyl, valyloxymethoxycarbonyl or leucyloxymethoxycarbonyl.
1-laverealkoksykarbonyloksylaverealkoksykarbonyl er f.eks. aetoksykarbony.loksymetoksykarbonyl eller 1 -aetoksykarbonyl-oksyetoksykarbony1. 1-lower oxycarbonyloxylavereal oxycarbonyl is e.g. aethoxycarbonyl.oxymethoxycarbonyl or 1-aethoxycarbonyl-oxyethoxycarbonyl1.
1- laverealkoksylaverealkoksykarbonyl er f.eks. 1- lower alkoxy lower oxycarbonyl is e.g.
metoksymetoksykarbonyl eller 1-metoksyetoksykarbonyl. methoxymethoxycarbonyl or 1-methoxyethoxycarbonyl.
Laverealkoksy er f.eks. metoksy, videre aetoksy, n-propyloksy, isopropyloksy, n-butyloksy, isobutyloksy, Low-area coke is e.g. methoxy, further aethoxy, n-propyloxy, isopropyloxy, n-butyloxy, isobutyloxy,
eller tertiært butyloksy, samt n-pentyloksy, n-heksyloksy eller n-heptyloksy. or tertiary butyloxy, as well as n-pentyloxy, n-hexyloxy or n-heptyloxy.
Laverealkanoyloksy er f.eks. acetyloksy eller propionyloksy. Lower alkanoyloxy is e.g. acetyloxy or propionyloxy.
Halogen er f.eks. fluor, klor, brom eller jod.Halogen is e.g. fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
Laverealkylthio er f.eks. metylthio, aetylthio, n-propyl-thio, isopropylthio eller n-butylthio. Lower alkylthio is e.g. methylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio, isopropylthio or n-butylthio.
Laverealkyl som substituent til en rest R^er f.eks.Lower alkyl as a substituent of a residue R^ is e.g.
metyl, aetyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sek.-butyl eller tert.-butyl, videre n-pentyl, n-heksyl eller n-heptyl. methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl or tert-butyl, further n-pentyl, n-hexyl or n-heptyl.
Hydroksylaverealkyl som substituent til en rest R^erHydroxyl lower alkyl as a substituent of a residue R^er
f.eks. hydroksymetyl, 2-hydroksyetyl eller 2,3-dihydroksy-propyl. e.g. hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl or 2,3-dihydroxy-propyl.
Laverealkoksylaverealkyl er f.eks. metoksymetyl, 2-metoksyetyl, etoksymetyl eller 2-etoksyetyl. Lower alkyl lower alkyl is e.g. methoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, ethoxymethyl or 2-ethoxyethyl.
Karboksylaverealkyl er f.eks. karboksymetyl, 1-karboksy-, 2- karboksy- eller 1,2-dikarboksyetyl. Carboxyl lower alkyl is e.g. carboxymethyl, 1-carboxy-, 2-carboxy- or 1,2-dicarboxyethyl.
Aminolaverealkyl er f.eks. aminometyl eller 2-aminoetyl,Amino lower alkyl is e.g. aminomethyl or 2-aminoethyl,
mens dilaverealkylaminolaverealkyl er f.eks. dimetylamino-metyl, 2-dimetyl-aminoetyl eller 2-dietylaminoetyl. while diloweralkylaminoloweralkyl is e.g. dimethylaminomethyl, 2-dimethylaminoethyl or 2-diethylaminoethyl.
Sulfolaverealkyl er f.eks. sulfometyl eller 2-sulfoetyl. Sulfolaverealkyl is e.g. sulfomethyl or 2-sulfoethyl.
Laverealkylamin er f.eks. metylamino, etylamino, n-propylamino, isopropylamino eller n-butylamino, mens dilaverealkylamino betyr f.eks. dimetylamino, dietylamino, di-n-propylamino eller diisopropylamino. Lower alkylamine is e.g. methylamino, ethylamino, n-propylamino, isopropylamino or n-butylamino, while dilaverealkylamino means e.g. dimethylamino, diethylamino, di-n-propylamino or diisopropylamino.
Laverealkylenamino inneholder spesielt 4 til 6 karbon-atomkjedeledd og betyr f.eks. pyrrolidino eller piperidino. Lower alkylene amino especially contains 4 to 6 carbon atom chain links and means e.g. pyrrolidino or piperidino.
Laverealkanoylamino er f.eks.acetylamino eller pro-pionylamino. Lower alkanoylamino is, for example, acetylamino or propionylamino.
Laverealkoksykarbony1 er f.eks. metoksykarbonyl eller etoksykarbonyl. Lowereal oxycarbony1 is e.g. methoxycarbonyl or ethoxycarbonyl.
N-mono-laverealkyliert karbamoyl er f.eks. N-metyl-,N-mono-lower alkylated carbamoyl is e.g. N-methyl-,
N-etyl- eller N-propylkarbamoyl, mens N,N-di-laverealkylert karbamoyl betyr f.eks. N,N-dimetyl eller N,N-dietylkarbamoyl. N-ethyl- or N-propylcarbamoyl, while N,N-di-lower alkylated carbamoyl means e.g. N,N-dimethyl or N,N-diethylcarbamoyl.
Cykloalkyl inneholder 3 til 8, i første rekke 5 eller 6 ring-ledd og er f.eks. cyklopentyl eller cykloheksyl, videre cyklopropyl samt cykloheptyl. Cycloalkyl contains 3 to 8, primarily 5 or 6 ring members and is e.g. cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl, further cyclopropyl and cycloheptyl.
Foretrukne spaltbare forestrede karboksylgrupper R2.Preferred cleavable esterified carboxyl groups R2.
som er spaltbar under fysiologiske betingelser, er f.eks. phthalidyloksykarbonyl, laverealkanoyl-oksymetoksykarbonyl, f.eks. pivaloyloksymetoksykarbonyl og 1-laverealkoksykarbony loksy-laverealkoksykarbonyl , f.eks. 1-etoksykarbonyl-oksy-etoksykarbony1. which is cleavable under physiological conditions, is e.g. phthalidyloxycarbonyl, lower alkanoyloxymethoxycarbonyl, e.g. pivaloyloxymethoxycarbonyl and 1-lower oxycarbonyl oxy-lower oxycarbonyl, e.g. 1-ethoxycarbonyl-oxy-ethoxycarbonyl1.
dd dd
Tilsvarende 5-lettede, eventuelt partielt mettede heteroarylrest R^er f.eks. eventuelt, f.eks. med laverealkyl eller halogen substituert pyrrolyl eller dihydropyrrolyl, f.eks. 1-pyrrolyl, 3-metyl-1-pyrrolyl, 3,4-diklor-1-pyrrolyl, videre 2,3- eller 2,5-dihydro-1-pyrrolyl, eventuelt med f.eks. laverealkyl, aminolaverealkyl, amino eller nitro substituert diazolyl, som imidazolyl eller pyrazolyl, f.eks. 1-imidazolyl eller 1-pyrazolyl, eventuelt f.eks. med laverealkyl, karboksylaverealkyl, amino eller fenyl substituert triazolyl, som 1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl, 2H-1,2,3-triazol-2-yl, 1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl eller 1H-1,3,4-triazol-1-yl, f.eks. de tilsvarende usubstituerte rester, 4- eller 5-metyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl, 3- metyl- eller 3-^f enyl-1 H-1 , 2 , 4-triazol-1-yl eller eventuelt f.eks. med laverealkyl, karboksylaverealkyl, sulfolaverealkyl, dilaverealkylaminolaverealkyl, amino eller eventuelt med halogen substituert fenyl substituert tetrazolyl, som 1H-tetrazol-1-yl eller 2H-tetrazol-2-yl, f.eks. de tilsvarende usubstituerte rester,5-amino-, 5-metyl-, 5-karboksymetyl-, 5-(2-karboksyetyl)-, 5-sulfometyl-, 5-(2-dimetylaminoetyl)- eller 5-fenyl-1H-tetrazol-1-yl, eller 5-amino-, 5-metyl-, 5-karboksymetyl-, 5-sulfometyl-, 5- (2-dimetylaminoetyl)- eller 5-fenyl-2H-tetrazol-2-yl. Corresponding 5-lightened, optionally partially saturated heteroaryl residues R^ are e.g. possibly, e.g. with lower alkyl or halogen substituted pyrrolyl or dihydropyrrolyl, e.g. 1-pyrrolyl, 3-methyl-1-pyrrolyl, 3,4-dichloro-1-pyrrolyl, further 2,3- or 2,5-dihydro-1-pyrrolyl, optionally with e.g. lower alkyl, amino lower alkyl, amino or nitro substituted diazolyl, such as imidazolyl or pyrazolyl, e.g. 1-imidazolyl or 1-pyrazolyl, possibly e.g. with lower alkyl, carboxy lower alkyl, amino or phenyl substituted triazolyl, such as 1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl, 2H-1,2,3-triazol-2-yl, 1H-1,2,4-triazol- 1-yl or 1H-1,3,4-triazol-1-yl, e.g. the corresponding unsubstituted residues, 4- or 5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl, 3-methyl- or 3-phenyl-1 H-1 , 2 , 4-triazol-1-yl or possibly e.g. with lower alkyl, carboxy lower alkyl, sulpho lower alkyl, di lower alkyl amino lower alkyl, amino or optionally with halogen substituted phenyl substituted tetrazolyl, such as 1H-tetrazol-1-yl or 2H-tetrazol-2-yl, e.g. the corresponding unsubstituted residues, 5-amino-, 5-methyl-, 5-carboxymethyl-, 5-(2-carboxyethyl)-, 5-sulfomethyl-, 5-(2-dimethylaminoethyl)- or 5-phenyl-1H-tetrazole -1-yl, or 5-amino-, 5-methyl-, 5-carboxymethyl-, 5-sulfomethyl-, 5-(2-dimethylaminoethyl)- or 5-phenyl-2H-tetrazol-2-yl.
Tilsvarende 6-lettede, partielt mettede heteroarylrest R^er f.eks. usubstituert eller spesielt, f.eks. med oxo eller eventuelt ytterligere med halogensubstituert dihydro-1-pyridyl, som 2H-1,2-dihydro- eller 4H-1,4-dihydro-1-pyridyl, f.eks. 2-oxo-2H-1,2-dihydro-1-pyridyl eller 4- oxo-4H-1,4-dihydro-1-pyridyl, eventuelt f.eks. spesielt med oxo og eventuelt ytterligere med f.eks. lavere- Corresponding 6-lightened, partially saturated heteroaryl residues R^ are e.g. unsubstituted or special, e.g. with oxo or optionally further with halogen-substituted dihydro-1-pyridyl, such as 2H-1,2-dihydro- or 4H-1,4-dihydro-1-pyridyl, e.g. 2-oxo-2H-1,2-dihydro-1-pyridyl or 4-oxo-4H-1,4-dihydro-1-pyridyl, optionally e.g. especially with oxo and possibly further with e.g. lower-
alkyl, amino, dilaverealkylamino eller karboksy substituert dihydro-1-pyrimidyl, som 2H-1,2-dihydro- eller 4H-1,4-dihydro-1-pyrimidyl, f.eks. 2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-1-pyrimidyl, 6- metyl-, 5-mettk-, 6-amino-, 6-dimetylamino-, 5-karboksy-eller 6-karboksy-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-1-pyrimidyl eller 4-oxo-l,4-dihydro-1-pyrimidyl, eller eventuelt, f.eks. alkyl, amino, dilower alkylamino or carboxy substituted dihydro-1-pyrimidyl, such as 2H-1,2-dihydro- or 4H-1,4-dihydro-1-pyrimidyl, e.g. 2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-1-pyrimidyl, 6-methyl-, 5-mettk-, 6-amino-, 6-dimethylamino-, 5-carboxy-or 6-carboxy-2-oxo-1,2 -dihydro-1-pyrimidyl or 4-oxo-1,4-dihydro-1-pyrimidyl, or optionally, e.g.
med laverealkyl og/eller inntil 2 oxo substituert dihydro-eller tetrahydrotriazinyl, 2H-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-1,2,4-triazin-1-yl, eller 4H-1,4,5,6-tetrahydro-1,2,4-triazin-1- with lower alkyl and/or up to 2 oxo substituted dihydro- or tetrahydrotriazinyl, 2H-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-1,2,4-triazin-1-yl, or 4H-1,4,5,6-tetrahydro -1,2,4-triazine-1-
yl eller 4H-1,4,5,6-tetrahydro-1,2,4-triazin-1-yl,yl or 4H-1,4,5,6-tetrahydro-1,2,4-triazin-1-yl,
f.eks. 4-laverealkyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydro-5,6-dioxo-1,2,4-triazin-1-yl, f.eks. 4-metyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydro-5,6-dioxo-1,2,4-triazin-1-yl. e.g. 4-lower alkyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydro-5,6-dioxo-1,2,4-triazin-1-yl, e.g. 4-methyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydro-5,6-dioxo-1,2,4-triazin-1-yl.
Rettkjedet laverealkylen i resten A inneholder 1 - 7The straight-chain lower alkylene in residue A contains 1 - 7
og fortrinnsvis 1 - 4 karbonatomer og er f.eks. metylen, etylen, 1,3-propylen, 1,4-butylen, videre også 1,5-pentylen. En slik laverealkylen-rest er mono- eller polysubstituert, spesielt mono- eller disubstituert med laverealkyl med 1 - 4 karbonatomer, spesielt med 1 eller 2 karbonatomer, som n-propyl, n-butyl eller spesielt metyl eller etyl. and preferably 1 - 4 carbon atoms and is e.g. methylene, ethylene, 1,3-propylene, 1,4-butylene, and also 1,5-pentylene. Such a lower alkylene residue is mono- or polysubstituted, especially mono- or disubstituted with lower alkyl with 1 to 4 carbon atoms, especially with 1 or 2 carbon atoms, such as n-propyl, n-butyl or especially methyl or ethyl.
To laverealkylsubstituenter kan være bundet til samme karbonatom (geminal), til nærliggende plasserte karbonatomer (vicinal) eller til forskjellige,karbonatomer som er adskilt av minst en metylengruppe i laverealkylkjeden. Two lower alkyl substituents can be attached to the same carbon atom (geminal), to nearby carbon atoms (vicinal) or to different carbon atoms that are separated by at least one methylene group in the lower alkyl chain.
En slik rest A er eksempelvis laverealkyliden, som ethyliden ("metyl-metylen"), 1,2-propylen, 2-laverealkyl-, som 2-metyl-1,2-propylen, 1,2-butylen, 2-laverealkyl-, som 2- metyl- eller 2-etyl-1,2-butylen, 3-laverealky1-, som 3- metyl-1,2-butylen, 1,3-butylen, 2-laverealkyl-, som 2-metyl-1,3-butylen, 3-laverealkyl-, som 3-metyl-1,3-butylen, eller 2,2-dilaverealky1-, som 2,2-dimetyl-1,3-butylen, hvorved i disse rester er karbonatomet 1 bundet til penem-ringsrjelettet, eller en slik rest-A- er også laverealkyliden som 1 , 2-propylen, 2-lave'realkyl- , . som 2-metyl-1,2-propylen, 1,2-butylen, 2-laverealkyl-, som 2- metyl- eller 2-ety1-1,2-butylen, 3-laverealkyl-, som 3- metyl-1,2-buty'en, eller 3,3-dilaverealky1-, som 3,3-dimetyl-1,2-butylen, hvorved i disse rester er karbonatomet 2 bundet til penem-ringsjelettet. Such a residue A is, for example, lower alkylidene, such as ethylidene ("methyl-methylene"), 1,2-propylene, 2-lower alkyl-, such as 2-methyl-1,2-propylene, 1,2-butylene, 2-lower alkyl- , as 2-methyl- or 2-ethyl-1,2-butylene, 3-lower alkyl-1-, as 3- methyl-1,2-butylene, 1,3-butylene, 2-lower alkyl-, as 2-methyl-1 ,3-butylene, 3-lower alkyl-, such as 3-methyl-1,3-butylene, or 2,2-dilower alkyl-, such as 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-butylene, whereby in these residues the carbon atom 1 is bound to the pene-ring rjelet, or such a residue-A- is also the lower alkylidene such as 1, 2-propylene, 2-lower alkyl-, . as 2-methyl-1,2-propylene, 1,2-butylene, 2-lower alkyl-, as 2- methyl- or 2-ethyl-1-1,2-butylene, 3-lower alkyl-, as 3- methyl-1, 2-buty'ene, or 3,3-dilaveralalkyl-, such as 3,3-dimethyl-1,2-butylene, whereby in these residues the carbon atom 2 is bound to the pene-ring gellet.
Foretrukne rester A er slike som er bundet over karbonatomet 1 med penem-ringsjelettet og er bundet etyliden, 1,2-propylen, 1,2-butylen, 1,3-butylen og 2-metyl-1,2-propylen, samt slike rester A som er bundet over karbonatomet 2 med penem-ringsjelettet og er bundet 1,2- Preferred residues A are those which are bonded above the carbon atom 1 with the penem ring gellet and are bonded ethylidene, 1,2-propylene, 1,2-butylene, 1,3-butylene and 2-methyl-1,2-propylene, as well as such residue A which is bonded over carbon atom 2 with the penemen ring gelate and is bonded 1,2-
propylen.propylene.
De funksjonelle grupper som foreligger i forbindelsamed formel I, som hydroksy-, karboksy-, amino-,eller sulfogruppen, spesielt hydroksy-gruppen og karboksylgruppen R2, er eventuelt beskyttet av beskyttelsesgrupper som anvendes i penem-, penicillin-, cephalosporin- og peptidkjemien. The functional groups present in compounds of formula I, such as the hydroxy, carboxy, amino or sulfo group, especially the hydroxy group and the carboxyl group R2, are optionally protected by protective groups used in penem, penicillin, cephalosporin and peptide chemistry.
Slike beskyttelsesgrupper er lett avspaltbare, eksempelvis solvolyttisk, reduktivt eller også under fysiologiske betingelser, dvs. uten at uønskede sidereaksjoner finner sted. Such protective groups are easily cleavable, for example solvolytically, reductively or also under physiological conditions, i.e. without unwanted side reactions taking place.
Beskyttelsesgrupper av denne art, så vel som innføringenProtection groups of this nature, as well as the introduction
og avspaltingen av disse, er eksempelvis beskrevet i:and the spin-off of these, is described, for example, in:
J.F.W. McOmie, "Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry", Plenum Press, London, New York, 1973. J. F. W. McOmie, "Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry", Plenum Press, London, New York, 1973.
T.W. Greene, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", Wiley, New York, 1981, T.W. Greene, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", Wiley, New York, 1981,
"The Peptides", Vol. I, Schroeder og Luebke, Academic Press, London, New York, 1965 og "The Peptides", Vol. I, Schroeder and Luebke, Academic Press, London, New York, 1965 and
Houben-Weyl, "Methoden der Organischen Chemie", bind 15/1, Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart, 1974. Houben-Weyl, "Methoden der Organischen Chemie", Volume 15/1, Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart, 1974.
I forbindelser med formel (I) kan en hydroksygruppe i resten R^, eksempelvis være beskyttet med acylrester. Også en i resten R^tilstedeværende hydroksygruppe kan eksempelvis være beskyttet med acylrester. Egnede acylrester er f.eks. eventuelt med halogensubstituert laverealkanoyl, f.eks. acetyl- eller trifluoracetyl, eventuelt med nitro substituert benzoyl, f.eks. benzoyl, 4-nitrobenzoyl, eller 2,4-dinitrobenzoyl, eventuelt med halogen substituert lavere alkoksykarbonyl, f.eks. 2-brometoksykarbonyl eller 2,2,2-trikloretoksykarbonyl, eller eventuelt med nitro substi- In compounds of formula (I), a hydroxy group in the residue R^ can, for example, be protected with acyl residues. A hydroxy group present in the residue R^ can also be protected with acyl residues, for example. Suitable acyl residues are e.g. optionally with halogen-substituted lower alkanoyl, e.g. acetyl- or trifluoroacetyl, optionally with nitro-substituted benzoyl, e.g. benzoyl, 4-nitrobenzoyl, or 2,4-dinitrobenzoyl, optionally with halogen-substituted lower alkoxycarbonyl, e.g. 2-bromoethoxycarbonyl or 2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl, or optionally with nitro substituent
tuert fenyllaverealkoksykarbonyl, f.eks. 4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonyl. Ytterligere egnede hydroksybeskyttelses- tuated phenyl lower oxycarbonyl, e.g. 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl. Further suitable hydroxy protective
grupper er f.eks. trisubstituert silyl, som trilaverealkylsilyl, f.eks. trimetylsilyl eller tert.-butyl-dimetylsilyl, 2-halogenlaverealkylgrupper, f.eks. 2-klor-, 2-brom-, 2-jod- og 2,2,2-trikloretyl, og eventuelt med halogen, f.eks. klor, laverealkoksy, f.eks. metoksy, og/eller nitro substituert fenyllaverealkyl, som tilsvarende benzyl. Foretrukket som hydroksybeskyttelsesgruppe er trilaverealkylsilyl. groups are e.g. trisubstituted silyl, such as trilower alkylsilyl, e.g. trimethylsilyl or tert-butyl-dimethylsilyl, 2-halo-lower alkyl groups, e.g. 2-chloro-, 2-bromo-, 2-iodo- and 2,2,2-trichloroethyl, and optionally with halogen, e.g. chlorine, lower alkoxy, e.g. methoxy, and/or nitro substituted phenyl lower alkyl, as corresponding benzyl. Preferred as hydroxy protecting group is trilower alkylsilyl.
En karboksylgruppe , og videre også en karboksylgruppe som foreligger i resten , er vanligvis beskyttet i forestret form, hvorved estergruppen er lett spaltbar under skånsomme betingelser, f.eks. under skånsomme reduktive, som hydrogenolytiske, eller skånsomme solvolytiske, som acidolytiske eller spesielt basiske eller nøytrale hydrolyttiske betingelser. En beskyttet karboksylgruppe kan videre utgjøre en karboksylgruppe som er spaltbar under fysiologiske betingelser eller lett kan omvandles til en annen funksjonell omvandlet karboksylgruppe som f.eks. til en annen forestret karboksylgruppe . A carboxyl group, and further also a carboxyl group present in the residue, is usually protected in esterified form, whereby the ester group is easily cleavable under gentle conditions, e.g. under mild reductive, such as hydrogenolytic, or mild solvolytic, such as acidolytic or especially basic or neutral hydrolytic conditions. A protected carboxyl group can further constitute a carboxyl group that is cleavable under physiological conditions or can easily be converted into another functional converted carboxyl group such as e.g. to another esterified carboxyl group.
Slike forestrede karboksylgrupper inneholder som forestrende grupper i første rekke laverealkylgrupper som er forgrenet i 1-stilling eller på egnet måte substituert i 1- eller 2-stilling. Foretrukne karboksylgrupper som foreligger i forestret form er bl.a. laverealkoksykarbonyl, f.eks. metoksykarbony1, etoksykarbonyl, isopropoksykarbonyl eller tert.-butoksykarbonyl og (hetero-)arylmetoksykarbony1 med 1 til 3 arylrester eller en monocyklisk heteroarylrest, Such esterified carboxyl groups primarily contain as esterifying groups lower alkyl groups which are branched in the 1-position or suitably substituted in the 1- or 2-position. Preferred carboxyl groups which are present in esterified form are i.a. lower alkoxycarbonyl, e.g. methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl or tert-butoxycarbonyl and (hetero-)arylmethoxycarbonyl with 1 to 3 aryl residues or a monocyclic heteroaryl residue,
hvorved disse eventuelt er mono- eller poly-substituert med it. eks. laverealkyl, som tert.-laverealkyl, f. eks. tert.-butyl, whereby these are optionally mono- or poly-substituted with it. e.g. lower alkyl, such as tert.-lower alkyl, e.g. tert-butyl,
halogen, f.eks. klor og/eller nitro. Eksempler på slike grupper er eventuelt f.eks. som ovenfor nevnt, substituert benzyloksykarbonyl, f.eks. 4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonyl, eventuelt, f.eks. som ovenfor nevnt, substituert difenylmetoksykarbonyl, f.eks. difenylmetoksykarbonyl, halogen, e.g. chlorine and/or nitro. Examples of such groups are possibly e.g. as mentioned above, substituted benzyloxycarbonyl, e.g. 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, optionally, e.g. as above, substituted diphenylmethoxycarbonyl, e.g. diphenylmethoxycarbonyl,
eller trifenylmetoksykarbonyl, eller eventuelt, f.eks.or triphenylmethoxycarbonyl, or optionally, e.g.
som ovenfor nevnt, substituert picolyloksykarbonyl, f.eks. 4-picolyloksykarbonyl, eller furfuryloksykarbonyl, som 2-forfuryloksykarbonyl. Ytterligere egnede grupper er laverealkanoylmetoksykarbonyl, som acetonyloksykarbonyl, aroylmetoksykarbonyl, hvor aroylgruppen fortrinnsvis er eventuelt, f.eks. med et halogen, som brom, substituert benzoyl, f.eks. fenacyloksykarbonyl, halogenlaverealkoksykarbonyl, som 2-halogenlaverealkoksykarbonyl, f.eks. 2,2,2-trikloretoksykarbonyl, 2-kloretoksykarbony1, 2-brometoksykarbonyl eller 2-jodetoksykarbonyl, eller to-halogenlaverealkoksykarbonyl, hvor laverealkoksy inneholder 4-7 karbonatomer, f.eks. 4-klorbutoksykarbonyl, phthalimidometoksykarbonyl, laverealkenyloksykarbony1, as above, substituted picolyloxycarbonyl, e.g. 4-picolyloxycarbonyl, or furfuryloxycarbonyl, as 2-furfuryloxycarbonyl. Further suitable groups are lower alkanoylmethoxycarbonyl, such as acetonyloxycarbonyl, aroylmethoxycarbonyl, where the aroyl group is preferably optional, e.g. with a halogen, such as bromine, substituted benzoyl, e.g. phenacyloxycarbonyl, halogenolower oxycarbonyl, such as 2-halogenolower oxycarbonyl, e.g. 2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-chloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-bromoethoxycarbonyl or 2-iodoethoxycarbonyl, or two-halogen lower oxycarbonyl, where lower alkoxy contains 4-7 carbon atoms, e.g. 4-chlorobutoxycarbonyl, phthalimidomethoxycarbonyl, lower alkenyloxycarbonyl1,
f.eks. allyloksykarbony1, eller etoksykarbonyl som er substituert i 2-stilling med laverealkylsulfonyl, cyano eller trisubstituert silyl, som trilaverealkylsilyl eller trifenylsilyl, f.eks. 2-metylsulfonyletoksykarbonyl, 2-cyanoetoksykarbonyl, 2-trimetylsilyletoksykarbonyl eller 2-(di-n-butyl-metyl-silyl)-etoksykarbonyl. e.g. allyloxycarbonyl, or ethoxycarbonyl which is substituted in the 2-position with lower alkylsulfonyl, cyano or trisubstituted silyl, such as trilower alkylsilyl or triphenylsilyl, e.g. 2-methylsulfonylethoxycarbonyl, 2-cyanoethoxycarbonyl, 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl or 2-(di-n-butyl-methyl-silyl)-ethoxycarbonyl.
Andre beskyttede karboksylgrupper som foreligger i forestret form er tilsvarende organiske silyloksykarbonylgruppe, og videre tilsvarende organiske stannyloksykarbonylgruppe. I disse inneholder silicium- henholdsvis tinnatomet fortrinnsvis laverealkyl, særlig metyl eller etyl, videre laverealkoksy, f.eks. metoksy, samt substituenter. Egnede silyl- henholdsvis stannyl-grupper er i første rekke trilaverealkylsilyl, spesielt trimetylsilyl eller dimetyl-tert.-butylsilyl, eller tilsvarende substituerte stannylgrupper, f.els. tri-n-butylstannyl. Other protected carboxyl groups that exist in esterified form are corresponding organic silyloxycarbonyl groups, and further corresponding organic stannyloxycarbonyl groups. In these, the silicon or tin atom preferably contains lower alkyl, especially methyl or ethyl, further lower alkoxy, e.g. methoxy, as well as substituents. Suitable silyl or stannyl groups are primarily tri-lower alkylsilyl, especially trimethylsilyl or dimethyl-tert-butylsilyl, or correspondingly substituted stannyl groups, e.g. tri-n-butylstannyl.
Foretrukne, beskyttede karboksylgrupper er 4-nitroben-zyloksykarbonylgruppen, laverealkenyloksykarbonylgruppen eller den i 2-stilling med trilaverealkylsilyl substi- Preferred protected carboxyl groups are the 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl group, the lower alkenyloxycarbonyl group or the one in the 2-position with trilower alkylsilyl substituent
tuerte etoksykarbonylgruppe.tuated ethoxycarbonyl group.
En beskyttet aminogruppe kan eksempelvis foreligge i formA protected amino group can, for example, be present in the form
av en lett spaltbar acylamino-, acylimino-, foretret merkaptoamino-, silyl- eller stannylaminogruppe foreligge som enamino-, nitro- eller azidogruppe. of an easily cleavable acylamino, acylimino, etherified mercaptoamino, silyl or stannylamino group present as an enamino, nitro or azido group.
I en tilsvarende acylaminogruppe er acyl eksempelvis acylresten av en organisk syre med f.eks. inntil 18 karbonatomer, spesielt en alkankarboksylsyre som eventuelt er substituert med f.eks. halogen, eller fenyl, eller eventuelt benzosyre som er substituert med halogen, laverealkoksy eller nitro, eller en karbonsyrehalvester. Slik acylgruppe er eksempelvis laverealkanoyl, som formyl, actyl eller propionyl, halogenlaverealkanoy1, som 2-halogen-acetyl, spesielt 2-fluor-, 2-brom-, 2-jod-, 2,2,2-trifluor- eller 2,2,2-trikloracetyl, eventuelt substituert benzoyl, f.eks. benzoyl, halogenbenzoyl, som 4-klorbenzoyl,. laverealkoksy-benzoyl, som 4-metoksybenzoyl, eller nitrobenzoyl, som 4-nitrobenzoyl. Spesielt er også egnet laverealkenyloksykarbonyl, f.eks. allyloksykarbonyl, eller eventuelt laverealkoksykarbonyl, som er substituert i 1- eller 2-stilling som laverealkoksykarbonyl, f.eks. metoksy- eller etoksykarbonyl, eventuelt substituert benzyloksykarbonyl, f.eks. benzyloksykarbonyl, eller 4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonyl, aroylmetoksykarbonyl, hvor aroylgruppen fortrinnsvis er benzoyl som eventuelt er substituert med f.eks. halogen, som brom, f.eks. fenacyloksykarbonyl, 2-halogenlaverealkoksykarbonyl, f.eks. 2,2,2-trikloretoksykarbonyl, 2-kloretoksykarbonyl, 2-brometoksykarbonyl eller 2-jodetoksykarbonyl, eller 2-(tris-substituert silyl)-etoksykarbonyl, som 2-trilavere-alkylsilyletoksykarbonyl, f.eks. 2-trimetylsilyletoksykarbonyl eller 2-(di-n-butyl-metyl-silyl)-etoksykarbonyl, eller 2-triarylsilyletoksykarbonyl, som 2-trifenylsilyl- In a corresponding acylamino group, acyl is, for example, the acyl residue of an organic acid with e.g. up to 18 carbon atoms, especially an alkanecarboxylic acid which is optionally substituted with e.g. halogen, or phenyl, or optionally benzoic acid which is substituted by halogen, lower alkoxy or nitro, or a carboxylic acid half-ester. Such an acyl group is, for example, lower alkanoyl, such as formyl, actyl or propionyl, halolower alkanoyl1, such as 2-halo-acetyl, especially 2-fluoro-, 2-bromo-, 2-iodo-, 2,2,2-trifluoro- or 2,2 ,2-trichloroacetyl, optionally substituted benzoyl, e.g. benzoyl, halobenzoyl, such as 4-chlorobenzoyl,. lower alkoxybenzoyl, such as 4-methoxybenzoyl, or nitrobenzoyl, such as 4-nitrobenzoyl. In particular, lower alkenyloxycarbonyl is also suitable, e.g. allyloxycarbonyl, or optionally lower alkoxycarbonyl, which is substituted in the 1- or 2-position as lower alkoxycarbonyl, e.g. methoxy- or ethoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted benzyloxycarbonyl, e.g. benzyloxycarbonyl, or 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, aroylmethoxycarbonyl, where the aroyl group is preferably benzoyl which is optionally substituted with e.g. halogen, such as bromine, e.g. phenacyloxycarbonyl, 2-halolower oxycarbonyl, e.g. 2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-chloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-bromomethoxycarbonyl or 2-iodoethoxycarbonyl, or 2-(tris-substituted silyl)ethoxycarbonyl, such as 2-trilower alkylsilylethoxycarbonyl, e.g. 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl or 2-(di-n-butyl-methyl-silyl)-ethoxycarbonyl, or 2-triarylsilylethoxycarbonyl, such as 2-triphenylsilyl-
I en acylaminogruppe er acyl eksempelvis acylresten avIn an acylamino group, acyl is, for example, the acyl residue of
en organisk dikarboksylsyre med f.eks. inntil 12 karbonatomer, spesielt en tilsvarende aromatisk dikarboksylsyre, som phthalsyre. En slik gruppe er i første rekke phthalimino. an organic dicarboxylic acid with e.g. up to 12 carbon atoms, especially a corresponding aromatic dicarboxylic acid, such as phthalic acid. One such group is primarily phthalimino.
En foretret merkaptoaminogruppe er i første rekke en fenylthbaminogruppe eller en pyridylthioaminogruppe , som eventuelt er substituert med et laverealkyl, som metyl eller tert.-butyl, laverealkoksy, som metoksy, halogen, som klor eller brom, og/eller nitro. Tilsvarende grupper er eksempelvis 2- eller 4-nitrofenylthioamino eller 2-pyridylthioamino. An etherified mercaptoamino group is primarily a phenylthbamino group or a pyridylthioamino group, which is optionally substituted with a lower alkyl, such as methyl or tert.-butyl, lower alkoxy, such as methoxy, halogen, such as chlorine or bromine, and/or nitro. Corresponding groups are, for example, 2- or 4-nitrophenylthioamino or 2-pyridylthioamino.
En silyl- eller stannylaminogruppe er i første rekke en organisk silyl-, henholdsvis stannylaminogruppe, hvori siliciumatomet, henholdsvis tinnatomet, fortrinnsvis inneholder laverealkyl, f.eks. metyl, etyl, n-butyl eller tert.-butyl, videre laverealkoksy, f.eks. metoksy, som substituenter. Tilsvarende silyl- eller stannylgrupper er i første rekke trilaverealkylsilyl, spesielt trimetylsilyl, videre dimetyl-tert.-butylsilyl, eller tilsvarende substituert stannyl, f.eks. tri-n-butylstannyl. A silyl or stannylamino group is primarily an organic silyl or stannylamino group, in which the silicon atom or the tin atom preferably contains lower alkyl, e.g. methyl, ethyl, n-butyl or tert.-butyl, further lower alkoxy, e.g. methoxy, as substituents. Corresponding silyl or stannyl groups are primarily trilower alkylsilyl, especially trimethylsilyl, further dimethyl-tert-butylsilyl, or similarly substituted stannyl, e.g. tri-n-butylstannyl.
Andre beskyttede aminogrupper er f.eks. enaminogruppe,Other protected amino groups are e.g. enamino group,
som ved dobbeltbindingen i 2-stilling inneholder en elektrontrekkende substituent, eksempelvis en karbonyl-gruppe. Beskyttelsesgrupper av denne art er eksempelvis 1-acyl-laverealk-1-en-2-yl-rester, hvori acyl betyr f.eks. en tilsvarende rest av en laverealkankarboksylsyre, f.eks. eddiksyre, en benzosyre som eventuelt er substituert med f.eks. laverealkyl, som metyl eller tert.-butyl, laverealkoksy, som metoksy, halogen, som klor, og/eller nitro, eller spesielt en karbonsyrehalvester, som en karbonsyre-laverealkylhalvester, f.eks. -metylhalvester eller -etylester, og laverealk-1-en, spesielt 1-propen. which at the double bond in the 2-position contains an electron-withdrawing substituent, for example a carbonyl group. Protecting groups of this kind are, for example, 1-acyl-lower alk-1-en-2-yl residues, in which acyl means e.g. a corresponding residue of a lower alkane carboxylic acid, e.g. acetic acid, a benzoic acid which is optionally substituted with e.g. lower alkyl, such as methyl or tert.-butyl, lower alkoxy, such as methoxy, halogen, such as chlorine, and/or nitro, or especially a carboxylic acid half-ester, such as a carboxylic acid-lower alkyl half-ester, e.g. -methyl half ester or -ethyl ester, and lower alk-1-ene, especially 1-propene.
Tilsvarende beskyttelsesgrupper er i første rekke 1-laverealkanoyl-prop-1-en-2-yl, f.eks. 1-acetyl-prop-1-en-2-yl, eller 1-laverealkoksykarbonyl-prop-1-en-2-yl, Corresponding protecting groups are primarily 1-lower alkanoyl-prop-1-en-2-yl, e.g. 1-acetyl-prop-1-en-2-yl, or 1-lower oxycarbonyl-prop-1-en-2-yl,
f .eks. 1-etoksykarbonyl-prop-1-en-2-yl.e.g. 1-ethoxycarbonyl-prop-1-en-2-yl.
En beskyttet sulfogruppe i resten R, er i første rekkeA protected sulfo group in the residue R is in the first row
en forestret sulfogruppe som er forestret med en alifatisk, cykloalifatisk, cykloalifatisk-alifatisk, aromatisk eller aralifatisk alkohol, f.eks. en laverealkanol, eller med en silyl- eller stannylrest, som trilaverealkylsilyl. an esterified sulfo group which is esterified with an aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, cycloaliphatic-aliphatic, aromatic or araliphatic alcohol, e.g. a lower alkanol, or with a silyl or stannyl residue, such as tri-lower alkylsilyl.
I en sulfogruppe kan hydroksygruppen eksempelvis være foretret som hydroksygruppen i en forestret karboksylgruppe. In a sulfo group, the hydroxy group can, for example, be etherified like the hydroxy group in an esterified carboxyl group.
Salter av forbindelser ifølge oppfinnelsen er. i førsteSalts of compounds according to the invention are. in the first
rekke farmasøytiske godtagbare, ikke-toksiske salter av forbindelser med formel I. Slike salter dannes eksempelvis fra sure grupper som foreligger i forbindelsen med formel I, f.eks. karboksyl- og sulfogruppen, og er i første rekke metall-eller ammoniumsalter, som alkalimetall- og jordalkalimetall-, f.eks. natrium-, kalium-, magnesium- eller kalsiumsalter, såvel som ammoniumsalter med ammoniakk eller egnede organiske aminer, som laverealkylaminer, f.eks. trietylamin, hydroksy-laverealkylaminer, f.eks. 2-hydroksyetylamin, bis-(2-hydroksyetyl)-amin eller tris-(2-hydroksyetyl)-amin, basiske alifatiske estere av karboksylsyre, f.eks. 4-aminobenzosyre-2-di-etylaminoetylester, laverealkylenaminer, f.eks. 1-etyl-piperidin, cykloalkylaminer, f.eks. dicykloheksylamin, eller ] benzylaminer, f.eks. N,N<1->dibenzyletylendiamin, eller N-•benzyl-B-fenetylamin. Forbindelser med formel I med basiske grupper, f.eks. med en aminogruppe, kan danne syreaddisjonssalter, f.eks. med uorganiske syrer, som saltsyre, svovelsyre eller fosforsyre, eller med egnede organiske karboksyl- eller sulfonsyrer, f.eks. eddiksyre, ravsyre, fumarsyre, maleinsyre, vinsyre, oxalsyre, sitronsyre, benzosyre, mandelsyre, eplesyre, ascorbinsyre, metansulfonsyre eller 4-toluensulfonsyre. Forbindelser med formel I med en sur og - a number of pharmaceutically acceptable, non-toxic salts of compounds of formula I. Such salts are formed, for example, from acidic groups present in the compound of formula I, e.g. the carboxyl and sulfo group, and are primarily metal or ammonium salts, such as alkali metal and alkaline earth metal, e.g. sodium, potassium, magnesium or calcium salts, as well as ammonium salts with ammonia or suitable organic amines, such as lower alkyl amines, e.g. triethylamine, hydroxy-lower alkylamines, e.g. 2-hydroxyethylamine, bis-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine or tris-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, basic aliphatic esters of carboxylic acid, e.g. 4-aminobenzoic acid 2-diethylaminoethyl ester, lower alkylene amines, e.g. 1-ethyl-piperidine, cycloalkylamines, e.g. dicyclohexylamine, or ] benzylamines, e.g. N,N<1->dibenzylethylenediamine, or N-•benzyl-B-phenethylamine. Compounds of formula I with basic groups, e.g. with an amino group, can form acid addition salts, e.g. with inorganic acids, such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid or phosphoric acid, or with suitable organic carboxylic or sulphonic acids, e.g. acetic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, oxalic acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, mandelic acid, malic acid, ascorbic acid, methanesulfonic acid or 4-toluenesulfonic acid. Compounds of formula I with an acidic and -
med en basisk gruppe kan foreligge i form av indre salter, dvs. i zwitterionisk form. with a basic group can exist in the form of internal salts, i.e. in zwitterionic form.
For isolering eller rensning, kan også anvendes farma-søytiske uegnede salter. For terapeutisk anvendelse kommer på tale bare de farmasøytiske anvendbare, ikke-toksiske saltene, som derfor er foretrukne. For isolation or purification, pharmaceutical unsuitable salts can also be used. For therapeutic use, only the pharmaceutically usable, non-toxic salts are mentioned, which are therefore preferred.
I penemforbindelsene med formel I kan de to assymetriske karbonatomene i 5- og 6-stilling foreligge i R-, S- eller rasemisk R,S-konfigurasjon. Foretrukket er forbindelser i hvilket konfigurasjonen til 5-karbonatomene tilsvarer de idet naturlige penicilinet (5R-konfigurasjonen). Hydrogenatomene i 5- og 6-stilling kan stå i cis- eller foretrukket i trans-stilling i forhold til hverandre. In the penem compounds of formula I, the two asymmetric carbon atoms in the 5- and 6-position can be present in R, S or racemic R,S configuration. Preferred are compounds in which the configuration of the 5-carbon atoms corresponds to that of natural penicillin (the 5R configuration). The hydrogen atoms in the 5- and 6-position can be in the cis- or preferably in the trans-position in relation to each other.
I den foretrukne konfigurasjon inntar substituenten i 6-stillingen S-konfigurasjon. Forbindelser med formel I kan ha ytterligere chiralitetscentra i restere R.j og/eller A, hvilket hver skal foreligge i R-, S- eller i R,S-konfigurasjonen. I a-stilling med hydroksy-substituert laverealkyl R-]har fortrinnsvis R-konf iguras jonen. In the preferred configuration, the substituent in the 6-position assumes the S configuration. Compounds of formula I may have additional centers of chirality in residues R.j and/or A, each of which shall be in the R, S or R,S configuration. In the a-position with hydroxy-substituted lower alkyl R-], the ion preferably has the R-configuration.
Oppfinnelsen vedrører spesielt forbindelser med formel I, hvor R.jer laverealkyl substituert med hydroksy eller beskyttet hydroksy, R2betyr karboksyl, under fysiologiske betingelser spaltbart, forestret karboksyl eller beskyttet karboksyl, R'2/R^ betyr en eventuell, partielt mettet 5-lettet heteroaryl-rest med 1-4 ringnitrogenatomet, hvilken rest er bundet til resten -A- over et tertiært ringnitrogenatom, som en tilsvarende aza-, diaza-, The invention relates in particular to compounds of formula I, where R. is lower alkyl substituted with hydroxy or protected hydroxy, R.sub.2 means carboxyl, under physiological conditions cleavable, esterified carboxyl or protected carboxyl, R.sub.2/R.sub.2 means an eventual, partially saturated 5-reduced heteroaryl -residue with the 1-4 ring nitrogen atom, which residue is bonded to the residue -A- over a tertiary ring nitrogen atom, as a corresponding aza-, diaza-,
triaza- eller tetraza cyklisk rest av aromatisk karakter, eller en tilsvarende dihydro-rest, eller:en tilsvarende partielt mettet 6-leddet heteroaryl-rest med 1 - 3 ringnitrogenatomer, som tilsvarende aza-, diaza- eller triaza-cykliske rest, f.eks. en tilsvarende dihydro- eller tetrahydro-rest, hvorved disse rester er usubstituert eller substituert med hydroksy, laverealkoksy, laverealkanoyl- triaza or tetraza cyclic residue of an aromatic character, or a corresponding dihydro residue, or: a corresponding partially saturated 6-membered heteroaryl residue with 1 - 3 ring nitrogen atoms, as a corresponding aza, diaza or triaza cyclic residue, e.g. e.g. a corresponding dihydro or tetrahydro residue, whereby these residues are unsubstituted or substituted with hydroxy, lower alkoxy, lower alkanoyl
oksy, halogen, merkapto, laverealkylthio, fenylthio, laverealkyl, hydroksylaverealkyl, laverealkoksylaverealkyl, karboksylaverealkyl, aminolaverealkyl, dilaverealkylaminolaverealkyl, sulfolaverealkyl, amino, laverealkylamino, dilaverealkylamino, laverealkylenamino, laverealkanoylamino, karboksy, laverealkoksykarbonyl, eventuelt N-mono- eller N,N-dil&veres.lkylért karbamoyl, cyano, sulfo, sulfamoyl, fenyl eventuelt substituert med et laverealkyl, nitro, laverealkoksy og/eller halogen, cykloalkyl, nitro, oxo og/eller oxido og A betyr rettkjedet laverealkylen substituert med et laverealkyl,'optiske isomerer av forbindelser med formelen I, blandinger av disse optiske isomerer og salger av forbindelser med formelen (I), som inneholder et saltdannende gruppe. oxy, halogen, mercapto, lower alkylthio, phenylthio, lower alkyl, hydroxyl lower alkyl, lower hydroxy lower alkyl, carboxy lower alkyl, amino lower alkyl, di lower alkyl amino lower alkyl, sulfola lower alkyl, amino, lower alkyl amino, di lower alkyl amino, lower alkylene amino, lower alkanoylamino, carboxy, lower alkoxy carbonyl, optionally N-mono- or N,N-dil&veres. alkylated carbamoyl, cyano, sulfo, sulfamoyl, phenyl optionally substituted with a lower alkyl, nitro, lower alkoxy and/or halogen, cycloalkyl, nitro, oxo and/or oxido and A means the straight-chain lower alkylene substituted with a lower alkyl,'optical isomers of compounds of the formula I, mixtures of these optical isomers and salts of compounds of the formula (I), which contain a salt-forming group.
Oppfinnelsen vedrører fremfor alt forbindelser med formelen (I), hvor R- betyr laverealkyl, substituert med hydroksy eller trilaverealkylsilyloksy, R2betyr karboksyl, laverealkenyloksykarbony1, benzyloksykarbonyl, og 2-trilaverealkylsilyletoksykarbonyl substituert med nitro eller en under fysiologiske betingelser avspaltbar forestret karboksylgruppe, f.eks. 1-laverealkoksykarbonyl-oksy laverealkoksykarbony 1 , laverealkanoyloksymetoksykarbonyl, a-aminolaverealkanoyloksymetoksykarbonyl eller phthalidyloksykarbony1, R^ betyr usubstituert pyrrolyl, eller pyrrolyl substituert med laverealkyl eller halogen, bundet til resten -A- over et tertiært nitrogenatom, f.eks. 1-pyrrolyl, usubstituert eller med laverealkyl, substituert imidazolyl eller pyrazolyl, f.eks. 1-imidazolyl eller 1-pyrazolyl, usubstituert triazolyl eller triazolyl substituert med laverealkyl, karboksylaverealkyl eller fenyl, f.eks.1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl, 2H-1,2,3-triazol-2-yl, 1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl, eller 1H-1,3,4-triazol-1-yl, usubstituert tetrazolyl eller tetrazolyl substituert med laverealkyl, karboksylaverealkyl, sulfolaverealkyl, dilaverealkylaminolaverealkyl, amino eller eventuelt med halogen substituert fenyl, som 1 H-tetrazol-1-yl eller 2H-tetrazol-2-yl, usubstituert dihydro-1-pyridyl, eller dihydro-1-pyridyl substituert med oxo og eventuelt ytterligere med halogen, f.eks. 2H-1,2-dihydro-1-pyridyl eller 4H-1,4-dihydro-1-pyridyl, usubstituert dihydro-1-pyrimidyl, eller dihydro-1-pyrimidyl substituert med oxo og eventuelt ytterligere med laverealkyl, amino, dilaverealkylamino eller karboksy, f.eks. 2H-1,2-dihydro-1-pyrimidyl eller 4H-1,4-dihydro-1-pyrimidyl, eller usubstituert dihydro-eller tetrahydrqtriazinyl, eller dihydro- eller tetrahydrotriazinyl substituert med laverealkyl oxo eller inntil to oxo, f.eks. 2H-1,2-dihydro-1,3,5-triazin-1-yl, 2H-1,2-dihydro-1,2,4-triazin-1-yl, 2H-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-1,2,4-triazin-1-yl eller 4H-1,4,5,6-tetrahydro-1,2,4-triazin-1-yl, og A betyr rettkjedet laverealkylen substituert med laverealkyl, optiske isomerer har forbindelser med formelen (I), blandinger av disse optiske isomerer og salter, spesielt farmasøytiske godtagbare salt av slike forbindelser med formelen (I), som inneholder en saltdannende gruppe. The invention primarily relates to compounds of the formula (I), where R- means lower alkyl, substituted with hydroxy or tri-lower alkylsilyloxy, R2 means carboxyl, lower alkenyloxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, and 2-trilower alkylsilylethoxycarbonyl substituted with nitro or an esterified carboxyl group that can be split off under physiological conditions, e.g. 1-loweralkoxycarbonyloxy loweralkoxycarbonyl, loweralkanoyloxymethoxycarbonyl, α-aminoloweralkanoyloxymethoxycarbonyl or phthalidyloxycarbonyl, R^ means unsubstituted pyrrolyl, or pyrrolyl substituted with loweralkyl or halogen, attached to the residue -A- over a tertiary nitrogen atom, e.g. 1-pyrrolyl, unsubstituted or with lower alkyl, substituted imidazolyl or pyrazolyl, e.g. 1-imidazolyl or 1-pyrazolyl, unsubstituted triazolyl or triazolyl substituted with lower alkyl, carboxy lower alkyl or phenyl, e.g. 1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl, 2H-1,2,3-triazol-2- yl, 1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl, or 1H-1,3,4-triazol-1-yl, unsubstituted tetrazolyl or tetrazolyl substituted with lower alkyl, carboxy lower alkyl, sulfo lower alkyl, di lower alkyl amino lower alkyl, amino or optionally with halogen substituted phenyl, such as 1H-tetrazol-1-yl or 2H-tetrazol-2-yl, unsubstituted dihydro-1-pyridyl, or dihydro-1-pyridyl substituted with oxo and optionally further with halogen, e.g. 2H-1,2-dihydro-1-pyridyl or 4H-1,4-dihydro-1-pyridyl, unsubstituted dihydro-1-pyrimidyl, or dihydro-1-pyrimidyl substituted with oxo and optionally further with lower alkyl, amino, dilower alkylamino or carboxy, e.g. 2H-1,2-dihydro-1-pyrimidyl or 4H-1,4-dihydro-1-pyrimidyl, or unsubstituted dihydro- or tetrahydrqtriazinyl, or dihydro- or tetrahydrotriazinyl substituted with lower alkyl oxo or up to two oxo, e.g. 2H-1,2-dihydro-1,3,5-triazin-1-yl, 2H-1,2-dihydro-1,2,4-triazin-1-yl, 2H-1,2,5,6- tetrahydro-1,2,4-triazin-1-yl or 4H-1,4,5,6-tetrahydro-1,2,4-triazin-1-yl, and A means the straight chain lower alkylene substituted by lower alkyl, optical isomers have compounds of the formula (I), mixtures of these optical isomers and salts, especially pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such compounds of the formula (I), which contain a salt-forming group.
Oppfinnelsen vedrører i første rekke forbindelser med formelen (I), hvor R^er laverealkyl substituert med hydroksy, R2betyr karboksyl, 1-laverealkoksykarbonyloksylaverealkoksykarbonyl eller laverealkanoyloksymetoksykarbonyl, R^betyr over et tertiært nitrogenatom til resten The invention primarily relates to compounds of the formula (I), where R^ is lower alkyl substituted by hydroxy, R 2 means carboxyl, 1-lower oxycarbonyloxy carbonyl or lower alkanoyloxymethoxycarbonyl, R^ means over a tertiary nitrogen atom to the residue
-A- bundet pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, f.eks. 1-imidazolyl, iH-triazolyl, f.eks. 1H-1.2.4-triazolyl-1-yl, eller usubstituert 1H-tetrazolyl, eller 1H-tetrazolyl substituert med amino, karboksylaverealkyl, sulfolaverealkyl eller dilaverealkylaminolaverealkyl, f.eks. 1H-tetrazol-1-yl eller 2H-tetrazol-2-yl, og A betyr laverealkylen med 1 til 4 karbonatomer, mono- eller disubstituert med laverealkyl med 1 eller 2 karbonatom, optiske isomerer av forbindelser med formelen (I), f.eks. (5R,6S)-isomerer, blandinger av disse optiske isomerer og farmasøytiske, godtagbare salter av slike forbindelser med formelen (I), som inne- -A- bonded pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, e.g. 1-imidazolyl, 1H-triazolyl, e.g. 1H-1.2.4-triazolyl-1-yl, or unsubstituted 1H-tetrazolyl, or 1H-tetrazolyl substituted with amino, carboxyl lower alkyl, sulpho lower alkyl or di lower alkyl amino lower alkyl, e.g. 1H-tetrazol-1-yl or 2H-tetrazol-2-yl, and A means the lower alkylene of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, mono- or disubstituted with lower alkyl of 1 or 2 carbon atoms, optical isomers of compounds of the formula (I), e.g. e.g. (5R,6S) isomers, mixtures of these optical isomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such compounds of formula (I), which contain
holder en saltdannende gruppe.holds a salt-forming group.
Oppfinnelsen vedrører spesielt (5R,6S)-konfigurerte forbindelser med formelen (I), hvor betyr hydroksymetyl eller 1-hydroksyetyl, R2er karboksyl, R^betyr 1H-tetrazol-1-yl eller pyrrol-1-yl og A er 1,2-propylen, The invention relates in particular to (5R,6S)-configured compounds of the formula (I), where means hydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxyethyl, R2 is carboxyl, R^ means 1H-tetrazol-1-yl or pyrrol-1-yl and A is 1,2 -propylene,
og farmasøytiske godtagbare salter derav.and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Oppfinnelsen vedrører dessuten de rent optiske isomererThe invention also relates to the purely optical isomers
av slike forbindelser med formelen (I), som i substituenten med R^og/eller A har ytterligere chiralitetscentra, og farmasøytiske godtagbare salter derav. of such compounds of the formula (I), which in the substituent with R^ and/or A have additional centers of chirality, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Oppfinnelsen vedrører spesielt de i eksemplene nevnte forbindelser med formelen (I), og deres farmasøytiske godtagbare salter. The invention relates in particular to the compounds of formula (I) mentioned in the examples, and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
Forbindelsen med i henhold til foreliggende oppfinnelse, kan fremstilles ifølge i og for seg kjente fremgangsmåter The compound according to the present invention can be prepared according to methods known per se
De nye forbindelser fremstilles f.eks. idet manThe new compounds are produced e.g. as one
a) ringslutter en ylid-forbindelse med formelena) ring-closes a ylide compound with the formula
hvor R.| , R3og A har de under formelen (I) angitte betydninger, R2' betyr en beskyttet karboksylgruppe, Z betyr oksygen eller svovel og X<+>betyr enten en tre ganger substituert fosfoniogruppe eller en to ganger forestret fosfonogruppe sammen med et kation, eller beskyttet b) behandle en forbindelse med formelen where R.| . b) treat a compound with the formula
hvori R^ , R^og A har de under formel (I) angitte betydninger in which R^ , R^ and A have the meanings indicated under formula (I).
og R'2betyr en beskyttet karboksylgruppe, med en organisk forbindelse av det treverdige fosfor, eller and R'2 means a protected carboxyl group, with an organic compound of the trivalent phosphorus, or
c) omsette en forbindelse med formelc) react a compound with formula
hvori R^, R2og A har de under formel (I) angitte betydninger in which R 1 , R 2 and A have the meanings indicated under formula (I).
og Q betyr en reaksjonsdyktig forestret hydroksygruppe, med et middel som innfører azaheterocyklyl-rest R^, og, dersom ønsket eller nødvendig, overfør i en dannet forbindelse med formelen (I) en beskyttet hydroksygruppe i resten R^ and Q represents a reactive esterified hydroxy group, with an agent introducing azaheterocyclyl residue R^, and, if desired or necessary, transfer in a formed compound of formula (I) a protected hydroxy group to the residue R^
i den frie hydroksygruppe og/eller, dersom ønsket, overføre i en dannet forbindelse med formelen (I), en beskyttet karboksylgruppeR2' i den frie, i en under fysiologiske betingelser spaltbar forestret karboksylgruppe eller i en annen beskyttet karboksylgruppe R'2, og / eller dersom in the free hydroxy group and/or, if desired, transfer in a formed compound with the formula (I), a protected carboxyl group R2' in the free, under physiological conditions cleavable esterified carboxyl group or in another protected carboxyl group R'2, and / or if
ønsket, overføre en fri karboksylgruppe P^i en under fysiologiske betingelser spaltbar forestret karboksylgruppe, og/ eller, dersom ønsket, overføre ytterligere i resten R^ inneholdende beskyttede funksjonelle grupper i de frie funksjonelle grupper, og/eller, dersom ønsket, overføre en dannet forbindelse med formelen (I) en rest R^ i en annen rest R2, og/eller, dersom ønsket, overføre en dannet forbindelse med saltdannende grupper i et salt eller overfører et dannet salt i den frie forbindelse eller i et annet salt, og/eller, dersom ønsket, oppspalter en dannet blanding av isomere forbindélser i de enkelte isomerer. desired, transfer a free carboxyl group P^ into an esterified carboxyl group cleavable under physiological conditions, and/or, if desired, further transfer in the residue R^ containing protected functional groups in the free functional groups, and/or, if desired, transfer a formed compound with the formula (I) a residue R^ in another residue R2, and/or, if desired, transfer a formed compound with salt-forming groups in a salt or transfer a formed salt in the free compound or in another salt, and/ or, if desired, splits a formed mixture of isomeric compounds into the individual isomers.
I utgangsforbindelsene med formlene (II), (III) og (IV)In the starting compounds of formulas (II), (III) and (IV)
er funksjonelle grupper, som en hydroksygruppe i resten R^, samt i forbindelsene med formlene (I) og (II) ytterligere tilstedeværende funksjonelle grupper i resten R^ fortrinnsvis beskyttet med konvensjonelle beskyttelsesgrupper, f.eks. de ovenfor nevnte. are functional groups, such as a hydroxy group in the residue R^, as well as in the compounds of formulas (I) and (II) further functional groups present in the residue R^ preferably protected with conventional protecting groups, e.g. those mentioned above.
a) Cyklisering av forbindelsen med formel IIa) Cyclization of the compound of formula II
Gruppen X i utgangsmaterialet med formelen II er enThe group X in the starting material of formula II is one
av de ved wittig-kondensasjonsreaksjoner vanlige phosphonio-eller phosphonogrupper, spesielt et triarylgruppe, f.eks. trifenyl-, eller trilaverealkylgruppe, f.eks. tri-n-butylphosphoniogruppe, eller en med laverealkyl, f.eks. etyl, di-forestret phosphonogruppe, hvorved symbolet X i tilfellet av phosphonogrupper omfatter ytterligere kationet av en sterk base, spesielt et egnet metallion, of the phosphonio or phosphono groups common in Wittig condensation reactions, especially a triaryl group, e.g. triphenyl or trilower alkyl group, e.g. tri-n-butylphosphonio group, or one with lower alkyl, e.g. ethyl, di-esterified phosphono group, whereby the symbol X in the case of phosphono groups further comprises the cation of a strong base, especially a suitable metal ion,
som alkalimetallion, f.eks. litiumion, natriumion eller kaliumion. Foretrukket som gruppe X er på en side trifenylphosphonio og på den andre side dietylphosphonio tilsammen med et alkalimetallion, f.eks. natriumion. as alkali metal ion, e.g. lithium ion, sodium ion or potassium ion. Preferred as group X are on the one hand triphenylphosphonio and on the other hand diethylphosphonio together with an alkali metal ion, e.g. sodium ion.
Ylid-forbindelsene med formel II, blir i den isomere ylen-form også betegnet som phosphoran-forbindelser. The ylide compounds with formula II are also referred to in the isomeric ylene form as phosphorane compounds.
I phosphonio-forbindelser med formelen II blir den nega-In phosphonio compounds of the formula II, the nega-
tive ladning nøytralisert av den positive ladede phos-phoniogruppen. I phosphono-forbindelser med formel II tive charge neutralized by the positively charged phos-phonio group. In phosphono compounds of formula II
blir ned negative ladning nøytralisert av kationet av en sterk base, som alt etter fremstillingsmåte til phosphono-utgangsmaterialet, kan være f.eks. et alkalimetallion, f.eks. natriumion, litiumion eller kaliumion. Phosphono-utgangsstoffene blir derfor anvendt som salter negative charge is neutralized by the cation of a strong base, which, depending on the production method of the phosphono starting material, can be e.g. an alkali metal ion, e.g. sodium ion, lithium ion or potassium ion. The phosphono starting materials are therefore used as salts
ved omsetningen.at the turnover.
Ringslutningen kan skje spontant, dvs. ved fremstillingenThe circular closure can occur spontaneously, i.e. during manufacture
av utgangsstoffene, eller ved oppvarming, f.eks. i et temperaturområde fra ca. 30°C til 160°C, fortrinnsvis fra ca. 50°C til ca. 100°C. Reaksjonen blir fortrinnsvis gjennomført i et egnet inert oppløsningsmiddel, som et alifatisk, cykloalifatisk eller aromatisk hydrokarbon, of the starting materials, or by heating, e.g. in a temperature range from approx. 30°C to 160°C, preferably from approx. 50°C to approx. 100°C. The reaction is preferably carried out in a suitable inert solvent, such as an aliphatic, cycloaliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon,
f.eks. heksan, eller benzen, i et halogenert hydrokarbon, f.eks. metylenklorid, en eter, f.eks. dietyleter, en cyklisk eter, f.eks. dioksan, et karboksylsyreamid, f.eks. dimetylformamid, et dilaverealkylsulfoksyd, f.eks. dimetylsulfoksyd, eller en laverealkanol, f.eks. metanol, eller i en blanding derav, og, kommer dersom nødvendig, i en inertgassatmosfære, f.eks. nitrogenatmosfære. e.g. hexane, or benzene, in a halogenated hydrocarbon, e.g. methylene chloride, an ether, e.g. diethyl ether, a cyclic ether, e.g. dioxane, a carboxylic acid amide, e.g. dimethylformamide, a dilave alkyl sulfoxide, e.g. dimethyl sulfoxide, or a lower alkanol, e.g. methanol, or in a mixture thereof, and, if necessary, in an inert gas atmosphere, e.g. nitrogen atmosphere.
b) Cyklisering av forbindelsen med formel IIIb) Cyclization of the compound of formula III
En organisk forbindelse av treverdig fosfor avleder seg An organic compound of trivalent phosphorus is derived
f.eks. fra fosforsyrling og er spesielt en ester av denne med en laverealkanol, f.eks. metanol eller etanol, og /eller en eventuelt substituert aromatisk hydroksyforbindelse, f.eks. fenol eller brenzcatechin, eller en amidester, denne med formelen P(0Ra)2~N(R^)2, hvori og R^uavhengig fra-.hverandre betyr laverealkyl, f.eks. metyl, eller aryl, f.eks. fenyl, Foretrukne forbindelser av treverdig fosfor er trialkylphosphit, f.eks. trimetylphosphit eller trietylphosphit. e.g. from phosphoric acid and is especially an ester thereof with a lower alkanol, e.g. methanol or ethanol, and/or an optionally substituted aromatic hydroxy compound, e.g. phenol or benzcatechin, or an amide ester, this with the formula P(ORa)2~N(R^)2, in which and R^ independently of each other means lower alkyl, e.g. methyl, or aryl, e.g. phenyl, Preferred compounds of trivalent phosphorus are trialkyl phosphite, e.g. trimethyl phosphite or triethyl phosphite.
Omsetningen ble fortrinnsvis utført i et inert opp-løsningsmiddel, som et aromatisk hydrokarbon, f.eks. benzen eller toluen,, en eter, f.eks. dioxan eller tetrahydrofuran, eller et halogenert hydrokarbon, f.eks. metylenklorid eller kloroform, ved en temperatur fra ca. 20 til ca. 80°C, foretrukket fra ca. 40 til ca. 60°C, hvorved man omsetter 1 mol ekvivalent av en forbindelse med formel III, med 2 mol ekvivalenter av fosforforbindelsen. Fortrinnsvis oppløser man forbindelsen med formel III i et inert oppløsningsmiddel og inndrypper deretter fosforforbindelsen, fortrinnsvis oppløst i det samme inerte oppløsningsmiddel, over en lengere tids-periode, f.eks. under et tidsrom av 2 til 4 timer. The reaction was preferably carried out in an inert solvent, such as an aromatic hydrocarbon, e.g. benzene or toluene,, an ether, e.g. dioxane or tetrahydrofuran, or a halogenated hydrocarbon, e.g. methylene chloride or chloroform, at a temperature from approx. 20 to approx. 80°C, preferably from approx. 40 to approx. 60°C, whereby 1 mol equivalent of a compound of formula III is reacted with 2 mol equivalents of the phosphorus compound. Preferably, the compound of formula III is dissolved in an inert solvent and then the phosphorus compound, preferably dissolved in the same inert solvent, is dripped in over a longer period of time, e.g. over a period of 2 to 4 hours.
I en foretrukket utføringsform av fremgangsmåten frem-stiller man utgangsmaterialet med formelen III, in situ og omsetter det uten isolering i reaksjonsblandingen med den organiske forbindelsen av treverdige fosfor, hvorved sluttproduktet med formelen I dannes. In a preferred embodiment of the method, the starting material with the formula III is prepared in situ and reacted without isolation in the reaction mixture with the organic compound of trivalent phosphorus, whereby the end product with the formula I is formed.
c) Innføring av azaheterocyklyl- rester R,c) Introduction of azaheterocyclyl residues R,
I forbindelse med formel (IV) betyr reaksjonsdyktig In connection with formula (IV) means reactive
forestret hydroksy Q eksempelvis hydroksy som er forestret med halogen, hydrogensyre, organiske sulfonsyrer, som laverealkan- eller eventuelt substituerte benzen-sulfonsyrer, laverealkankarboksylsyrer eller phosphin-syrer, og er i første rekke halogen, f.eks. klor, brom eller jod, sulfonyloksy, f.eks. metan-, benzen-, 4- esterified hydroxy Q, for example hydroxy which is esterified with halogen, hydrogen acid, organic sulphonic acids, such as lower alkane or optionally substituted benzene sulphonic acids, lower alkane carboxylic acids or phosphinic acids, and is primarily halogen, e.g. chlorine, bromine or iodine, sulphonyloxy, e.g. methane-, benzene-, 4-
toluen eller 4-brombenzolsulfonyloksy, laverealkanoyloksy, f.eks. acetoksy, eller phosphinoyloksy, f.eks. dimetyl- eller difenylphosphinoyloksy. toluene or 4-bromobenzenesulfonyloxy, lower alkanoyloxy, e.g. acetoxy, or phosphinoyloxy, e.g. dimethyl or diphenylphosphinoyloxy.
Et middel san innfører azaheterocyklyl-rester R^ er spesielt en forbindelse med formelen R3-H, hvor ring nitrogenatom som knytter seg til resten -A-, bærer et hydrogenatom. An agent that introduces azaheterocyclyl residues R 3 is in particular a compound of the formula R 3 -H, where the ring nitrogen atom which attaches to the residue -A- carries a hydrogen atom.
Omsetningen foregår f.eks. i nærvær av et basisk kondensasjonsmiddel, eksempelvis et alkali- eller jod-alkalimetallhydroksyd eller -karbonat, f.eks. natriumhydroksyd, natriumkarbonat, kaliumhydroksyd, karlium-karbonat eller kalsiumkarbonat, et alkalimetall-laverealkanolat, f.eks. natriumetanolat, natriumetanolat, eller kalium-tert.-butanolat, et aromatisk amin, f.eks. pyridin eller chinolin, eller et tertiært alifatisk amin, som et trilaverealkylamin, f.eks. trietylamin eller di-isopropyl etylamin, i et inert oppløsningsmiddel, som en laverealkanol, f.eks. metanol eller tert.-butanol, The turnover takes place e.g. in the presence of a basic condensing agent, for example an alkali or iodo-alkali metal hydroxide or carbonate, e.g. sodium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium hydroxide, potassium carbonate or calcium carbonate, an alkali metal lavereal alkanolate, e.g. sodium ethanolate, sodium ethanolate, or potassium tert.-butanolate, an aromatic amine, e.g. pyridine or quinoline, or a tertiary aliphatic amine, such as a trilower alkylamine, e.g. triethylamine or di-isopropyl ethylamine, in an inert solvent, such as a lower alkanol, e.g. methanol or tert.-butanol,
et amid, f.eks. dimetylformamid, eller ved anvendelse av flytende amin som basisk kondensasjonsmiddel i overskudd amin ved værelsestemperatur, eller høyere eller lavere temperatur, f.eks. ved ca. 20°C til ca. 80°C. an amide, e.g. dimethylformamide, or by using liquid amine as basic condensation agent in excess amine at room temperature, or higher or lower temperature, e.g. at approx. 20°C to approx. 80°C.
Foretrukket anvendes slike utgangsmaterialer med formel II, II og IV, som fører til de innledningsvis som særlig foretrukne nevnte forbindelser, med formel I, spesielt forbindelser med formel II eller III, som oppviser en 3S,4R-konfigurasjon, eller med formel IV, som oppviser en 5R,6S-konfigurasjon. Such starting materials of formula II, II and IV are preferably used, which lead to the compounds mentioned initially as particularly preferred, with formula I, especially compounds of formula II or III, which exhibit a 3S,4R configuration, or with formula IV, which exhibits a 5R,6S configuration.
I en oppnåelig forbindelse med formel I, hvor en eller flere funksjonelle grupper er beskyttet, kan disse, f.eks.' beskyttede amino-, karboksyl-, hydroksy- og/eller sulfc-grupper, frigjøres på i og for seg kjent måte ved hjelp av solvolyse, spesielt hydrolyse, alkoholyse eller acidolyse, eller ved reduksjon, spesielt hydrogenolyse eller kjemisk reduksjon, eventuelt trinnvis eller samtidig. In an achievable compound of formula I, where one or more functional groups are protected, these can, e.g. protected amino, carboxyl, hydroxy and/or sulfc groups, are released in a manner known per se by means of solvolysis, especially hydrolysis, alcoholysis or acidolysis, or by reduction, especially hydrogenolysis or chemical reduction, optionally stepwise or simultaneously .
I en forbindelse med formel I med en beskyttet aminogruppe som oppnås ifølge oppfinnelsen, kan denne på i og for seg kjent måte, f.eks. avhengig av arten av beskyttelses-gruppen, fortrinnsvis overføres til den frie aminogruppe ved hjelp av solvolyse eller reduksjon. Eksempelvis kan'2-halogenlaverealkoksykarbonylamino (eventuelt etter omvandling av en 2-bromlaverealkoksykarbonylaminogruppe til en 2-jodlaverealkoksykarbonylaminogruppe), arolylmetoksy-karbonylamino eller 4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino spaltes ved behandling med et egnet kjemisk reduksjonsmiddel, som sinki nærvær av en palladiumkatalysator. Aroylmetoksykarbonylamino kan også spaltes ved behandling med et nukleofilt, fortrinnsvis saltdannende reagens, In a compound of formula I with a protected amino group which is obtained according to the invention, this can in a manner known per se, e.g. depending on the nature of the protecting group, is preferably transferred to the free amino group by means of solvolysis or reduction. For example, 2-halogen lower oxycarbonylamino (possibly after conversion of a 2-bromolower oxycarbonylamino group to a 2-iodolower oxycarbonylamino group), arolylmethoxycarbonylamino or 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino can be cleaved by treatment with a suitable chemical reducing agent, such as zinc in the presence of a palladium catalyst. Aroylmethoxycarbonylamino can also be cleaved by treatment with a nucleophilic, preferably salt-forming reagent,
som natriumthiophenolat, og 4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino kan også spaltes ved behandling med et alkalimetall-, such as sodium thiophenolate, and 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino can also be cleaved by treatment with an alkali metal-,
f.eks. natriumdithionit. Eventuelt substituert benzyl-oksykarbonylamino kan f.eks. spaltes ved hjelp av hydrogenolyse, dvs. ved behandling med hydrogen i nærvær av en egnet hydreringskatalysator, som en palladium-katalysator, og allyloksykarbonylamino, ved omsetning med en palladium-forbindelse, f.eks. tetrakis (triphenylphosphin) palladium, i nærvær av trifenylphosphin og behandling med en karboksylsyre, f.eks. 2-etylheksansyre, eller et salt derav. En amino-gruppe som er beskyttet med en organisk silyl- eller stannylgruppe kan f.eks. frigjøres ved hjelp av hydrolyse-eller alkoholyse, og en amino-gruppe som er beskyttet med 2-halogenlaverealkanoyl, f.eks. 2-kloracetyl, kan frigjøres ved behandling med thiourea i nærvær av en base eller med et thiolatsalt, som et alkalimetallthiolat, av thiourea og påfølgende solvolyse, som alkoholyse eller hydrolyse av det oppnådde kondensasjonsprodukt. En aminogruppe som er beskyttet med 2-substituert silyletoksykarbonyl, kan over-føres til den frie aminogruppe ved behandling med et salt av fluorhydrogensyre, som avgir fluoridanionet, ;som et alkalimetallfluorid, f.eks. natriumfluorid, i nærvær av en makrocyklisk polyeter ("kroneter"), eller med et fluorid av et organisk quartinær base, som tetralaverealkylammoniumfluorid, f.eks. tetraetylammoniumklorid. En aminogruppe som e.g. sodium dithionite. Optionally substituted benzyl-oxycarbonylamino can e.g. is cleaved by means of hydrogenolysis, i.e. by treatment with hydrogen in the presence of a suitable hydrogenation catalyst, such as a palladium catalyst, and allyloxycarbonylamino, by reaction with a palladium compound, e.g. tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium, in the presence of triphenylphosphine and treatment with a carboxylic acid, e.g. 2-ethylhexanoic acid, or a salt thereof. An amino group that is protected with an organic silyl or stannyl group can e.g. is released by means of hydrolysis or alcoholysis, and an amino group which is protected with 2-halolower alkanoyl, e.g. 2-chloroacetyl, can be liberated by treatment with thiourea in the presence of a base or with a thiolate salt, such as an alkali metal thiolate, of thiourea and subsequent solvolysis, such as alcoholysis or hydrolysis of the obtained condensation product. An amino group protected with 2-substituted silylethoxycarbonyl can be transferred to the free amino group by treatment with a salt of hydrofluoric acid, which releases the fluoride anion, such as an alkali metal fluoride, e.g. sodium fluoride, in the presence of a macrocyclic polyether ("crown ether"), or with a fluoride of an organic quaternary base, such as tetralower alkylammonium fluoride, e.g. tetraethylammonium chloride. An amino group which
er beskyttet i form av en azido- eller en nitro-gruppe, overføres eksempelvis ved reduksjon i fritt amino, eksempelvis ved katalytisk hydrering med et hydrogen i nærvær av en hydreringskatalysator som f.eks. platinoksyd, palladium eller raney-nikkel, eller ved behandling med sink i nærvær av en syre, som eddiksyre. En aminogruppe som er beskyttet i form av phthalimidogruppe, kan overføres til den frie aminogruppe ved omsetning med hydrazin. Videre kan en arylthioaminogruppe omvandles til amino ved behandling med et nukleofilt reagens, som svovelsyrling. is protected in the form of an azido or a nitro group, is transferred for example by reduction to free amino, for example by catalytic hydrogenation with a hydrogen in the presence of a hydrogenation catalyst such as e.g. platinum oxide, palladium or Raney nickel, or by treatment with zinc in the presence of an acid, such as acetic acid. An amino group that is protected in the form of a phthalimido group can be transferred to the free amino group by reaction with hydrazine. Furthermore, an arylthioamino group can be converted to amino by treatment with a nucleophilic reagent, such as sulfuric acid.
I en forbindelse med formel I, hvor R 2 betyr en beskyttet karboksylgruppe og/eller hvor resten R^inneholder beskyttet karboksyl som substituent, som fremstilles ifølge oppfinnelsen, kan karboksylsyren frigjøres på i og for seg kjent måte. Således kan tert.-laverealkoksykarbony1 eller et lavere alkoksykarbony1 som er substituert i 2-stilling med en trisubstituert silylgruppe eller i 1-stilling med et laverealkoksy eller eventuelt substituert i difenylmetoksykarbonyl, f.eks. overføres i fri karboksyl ved behandling med enkarboksylsyre, som maursyre eller trifluoreddiksyre, eventuelt under tilsetning av en nukleofil forbindelse, som fenol eller anisol. Eventuelt substituert benzyloksykarbonyl kan spaltes f.eks. ved hjelp av hydrogenolyse, dvs. ved behandling med hydrogen i nærvær av en metallisk hydreringskatalysator, som en palladiumkatalysator. Videre kan egnede substituerte benzyloksykarbonyl, som 4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonyl, også ved hjelp av kjemisk reduksjon, f.eks. ved behandling med et alkalimetall, In a compound of formula I, where R 2 means a protected carboxyl group and/or where the residue R 2 contains protected carboxyl as a substituent, which is prepared according to the invention, the carboxylic acid can be released in a manner known per se. Thus, tert.-lower alkoxycarbonyl or a lower alkoxycarbonyl which is substituted in the 2-position with a trisubstituted silyl group or in the 1-position with a lower alkoxy or optionally substituted in diphenylmethoxycarbonyl, e.g. is transferred into a free carboxyl by treatment with a monocarboxylic acid, such as formic acid or trifluoroacetic acid, optionally with the addition of a nucleophilic compound, such as phenol or anisole. Optionally substituted benzyloxycarbonyl can be cleaved e.g. by means of hydrogenolysis, i.e. by treatment with hydrogen in the presence of a metallic hydrogenation catalyst, such as a palladium catalyst. Furthermore, suitable substituted benzyloxycarbonyl, such as 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, can also be produced by chemical reduction, e.g. when treated with an alkali metal,
f.eks. natriumdithionit, eller med et reduserende metall, f.eks. tinn, eller metallsalt, som et krom-II-salt, f.eks. krom-II-klorid, vanligvis i nærvær av et hydrogen-avgivende middel, som sammen med metallet kan frembringe naserende hydrogen, som en egnet karboksylsyre, f.eks. en eventuell, f.eks. med hydroksy, substituert laverealkankarboksylsyre, f.eks. eddiksyre, maursyre eller glykolsyre, eller en alkohol eller thiol, hvorved det fortrinnsvis tilsettes vann, e.g. sodium dithionite, or with a reducing metal, e.g. tin, or metal salt, such as a chromium II salt, e.g. chromium II chloride, usually in the presence of a hydrogen-donating agent, which together with the metal can produce nascent hydrogen, such as a suitable carboxylic acid, e.g. any, e.g. with hydroxy, substituted lower alkanecarboxylic acid, e.g. acetic acid, formic acid or glycolic acid, or an alcohol or thiol, to which water is preferably added,
overføres i fri karboksyl. Avspaltingen av et allyl-beskyttelsesgruppe kan f.eks. foregå ved omsetning med en forbindelse av palladium, f.eks. tetrakis(trifenyl-phosphin)palladium, i nærvær av trifenylphosphin under tilsetning av en karboksylsyre, f.eks. 2-etylheksansyre, eller et salt derav. Ved behandling med et reduserende metall eller metallsalt, ovenfor beskrevet, kan også 2-halogenlaverealkoksykarbonyl (eventuelt etter omvandling av et 2-bromlaverealkoksykarbonylgruppe i en tilsvarende 2-jodlaverealkoksykarbonylgruppe) eller aroylmetoksykarbonyl omvandles til fri karboksyl, hvorved aroylmetoksykarbonyl likeledes kan avspaltes ved behandling med et nukleofil, fortrinnsvis saltdannende reagens, som natriumthiophenolat eller natriumjodid. Substituert 2-silyletoksykarbonyl kan også ved behandling med et salt av klor-hydrogensyre som avgir et fluoridanion, som et alkalimetallfluorid, f.eks. natriumfluorid, i nærvær av en makro- is transferred in free carboxyl. The removal of an allyl protecting group can e.g. take place by reaction with a compound of palladium, e.g. tetrakis(triphenyl-phosphine)palladium, in the presence of triphenylphosphine with the addition of a carboxylic acid, e.g. 2-ethylhexanoic acid, or a salt thereof. By treatment with a reducing metal or metal salt, described above, 2-halo-lower-real oxycarbonyl (possibly after conversion of a 2-bromo-lower-real oxycarbonyl group into a corresponding 2-iodo-lower-real oxycarbonyl group) or aroylmethoxycarbonyl can also be converted to free carboxyl, whereby aroylmethoxycarbonyl can likewise be cleaved off by treatment with a nucleophile , preferably a salt-forming reagent, such as sodium thiophenolate or sodium iodide. Substituted 2-silylethoxycarbonyl can also, by treatment with a salt of chlorohydrogen acid which emits a fluoride anion, such as an alkali metal fluoride, e.g. sodium fluoride, in the presence of a macro-
cyklisk polyeter ("kroneeter") eller med et fluorid av en organisk kvartenær base, som tetralaverealkylammoniumfluorid, f.eks. tetrabutylammoniumfluorid, overføres i fri karboksyl. Karboksyl som er forestret med en organisk silyl- eller stannylgruppe, som trilaverealkylsilyl eller -stannyl, cyclic polyether ("crown ether") or with a fluoride of an organic quaternary base, such as tetralower alkylammonium fluoride, e.g. tetrabutylammonium fluoride, is transferred in free carboxyl. Carboxyl which is esterified with an organic silyl or stannyl group, such as trilower alkylsilyl or -stannyl,
kan på vanlig måte frigjøres solvolytisk, f.eks. ved behandling med vann eller en alkohol. I en laverealkoksykarbo-nylgruppe, som er substituert i 2-stilling med et laverealkylsulfonyl eller cyano, kan f.eks. ved behandling med et basisk middel, som et alkalimetall- eller jodalkalimetall-hydroksyd, eller -karbonat, f.eks. natrium- eller kaliumhydroksyd eller natrium- eller kaliumkarbonat, overføres i fri karboksyl. can normally be released solvolytically, e.g. by treatment with water or an alcohol. In a lower alkoxycarbonyl group, which is substituted in the 2-position with a lower alkylsulfonyl or cyano, e.g. by treatment with a basic agent, such as an alkali metal or io-alkali metal hydroxide, or carbonate, e.g. sodium or potassium hydroxide or sodium or potassium carbonate, is transferred in free carboxyl.
I forbindelser som kan fremstilles i følge oppfinnelsenIn compounds which can be produced according to the invention
med formel I, hvor resten R 1 er substituert med beskyttet hydroksyl og/eller hvor resten R^ holder beskyttet hydroksyl som substituent, kan den beskyttede hydroksy-gruppen på i og for seg kjent måte overføres i den frie with formula I, where the radical R 1 is substituted with protected hydroxyl and/or where the radical R 1 holds protected hydroxyl as a substituent, the protected hydroxy group can be transferred in a manner known per se into the free
hydroksygruppe. Eksempelvis frigjøres en hydroksygruppe som er beskyttet med en egnet acylgruppe eller en organisk silyl- eller stannylgruppe, som en tilsvarende beskyttet aminogruppe, en trilaverealkylsilylgruppe, f.eks. også hydroxy group. For example, a hydroxy group that is protected with a suitable acyl group or an organic silyl or stannyl group is released, as a correspondingly protected amino group, a trilower alkylsilyl group, e.g. also
med tetrabutylammoniumfluorid og eddiksyre (under disse betingelser avspaltes ikke karboksygrupper som er beskyttet med trisubstituert silyletoksy). En 2-halogenlaverealkyl-gruppe og en eventuelt substituert benzylgruppe avspaltes reduktivt. with tetrabutylammonium fluoride and acetic acid (under these conditions carboxy groups protected with trisubstituted silylethoxy are not cleaved). A 2-halo-lower alkyl group and an optionally substituted benzyl group are reductively cleaved off.
En beskyttet, spesielt forestret, sulfogruppe frigjøres analogt med en beskyttet karboksylgruppe. A protected, especially esterified, sulfo group is released analogously to a protected carboxyl group.
På den annen side kan også forbindelser med formel I,On the other hand, compounds of formula I,
hvori R2betyr karboksy, overføres til forbindelser med formel I, hvor R2er en beskyttet karboksylgruppe, spesielt en forestret karboksylgruppe, eller en under fysiologiske betingelser avspaltbar forestret karboksylgruppe. Således kan den frie karboksylgruppe forestres, f.eks. ved behandling med en egnet diazoforbindelse, som et diazolaverealkan, f.eks. diazometan, eller et fenyldiazolaverealkan, f.eks. difenyldiazometan, om nødvendig i nærvær av en Lewis-syre, som f.eks. bortrifluorid, eller ved omsetning med en alkohol som er egnet til forestring i nærvær av et forestringsmiddel, som et karbodiimid, f .eks-. dicykloheksyl-karbodiimid, såvel som karbonyldiimidazol. Estere kan også fremstilles ved en omsetning av et eventuelt in situ fremstilt salt av syre med en reaksjonsdyktig ester av en alkohol og en sterk uorganisk syre, som svovelsyre, eller en sterk organisk sulfonsyre, som 4-toluensulfonsyre. Videre kan syrehalogenidet, som kloridet (fremstilt f.eks. ved behandling med oxacylylklorid), aktiverte estere, (dannet f.eks. med N-hydroksy-nitrogenforbindelser, som N-hydroksyravsyreimid) eller blandede anhydrider (oppnådd f.eks. med halogenmaursyre-laverealkylestere, som klor-maursyreetyl- eller klormaursyreisobutylestere, eller med in which R 2 means carboxy, is transferred to compounds of formula I, where R 2 is a protected carboxyl group, in particular an esterified carboxyl group, or an esterified carboxyl group that can be cleavable under physiological conditions. Thus, the free carboxyl group can be esterified, e.g. by treatment with a suitable diazo compound, such as a diazole veralkane, e.g. diazomethane, or a phenyldiazoleveralkane, e.g. diphenyldiazomethane, if necessary in the presence of a Lewis acid, such as e.g. boron trifluoride, or by reaction with an alcohol suitable for esterification in the presence of an esterification agent, such as a carbodiimide, e.g. dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, as well as carbonyldiimidazole. Esters can also be produced by reacting an acid salt, possibly produced in situ, with a reactive ester of an alcohol and a strong inorganic acid, such as sulfuric acid, or a strong organic sulfonic acid, such as 4-toluenesulfonic acid. Furthermore, the acid halide, such as the chloride (prepared e.g. by treatment with oxacylyl chloride), can be activated esters (formed e.g. with N-hydroxy-nitrogen compounds, such as N-hydroxysuccinimide) or mixed anhydrides (obtained e.g. with haloformic acid -lower alkyl esters, such as chloroformic acid ethyl or chloroformic acid isobutyl esters, or with
halogeneddiksyrehalogenid, som trikloreddiksyreklorid)haloacetic acid halide, such as trichloroacetic acid chloride)
ved en omsetning av alkoholer, eventuelt i nærvær av en base, som pyridin, overføres i en forestret karboksylgruppe . by a reaction of alcohols, optionally in the presence of a base, such as pyridine, is transferred in an esterified carboxyl group.
I en forbindelse med formel I med en forestret karboksylgruppe kan denne overføres i en annen forestret karboksylgruppe, f.eks. 2-kloretoksykarbonyl eller 2-brometoksykarbonyl ved behandling med et jodsalt, f.eks. natriumjodid, til 2-jodetoksykarbonyl. Videre kan karboksyl-beskyttelsesgruppen avspaltes som ovenfor beskrevet i forbindelse med formel I, som inneholder en beskyttet karboksylgruppe R 2 i forestret form, og en oppnådd forbindelse med formel I, med en fri karboksylgruppe eller et salt derav, overføres ved omsetting med den reaksjonsdyktige esteren av en tilsvarende alkohol til en forbindelse med formel I, hvor er en forestret karboksylgruppe som er spaltbar under fysiologiske betingelser. In a compound of formula I with an esterified carboxyl group, this can be transferred into another esterified carboxyl group, e.g. 2-chloroethoxycarbonyl or 2-bromomethoxycarbonyl by treatment with an iodine salt, e.g. sodium iodide, to 2-iodoethoxycarbonyl. Furthermore, the carboxyl protecting group can be cleaved off as described above in connection with formula I, which contains a protected carboxyl group R 2 in esterified form, and an obtained compound of formula I, with a free carboxyl group or a salt thereof, is transferred by reaction with the reactive ester of a corresponding alcohol to a compound of formula I, where is an esterified carboxyl group which is cleavable under physiological conditions.
I forbindelser med formel I kan videre en rest R^over-føres i en annen rest R^• In compounds of formula I, a residue R^ can further be transferred into another residue R^•
Således kan eksempelvis i forbindelser med formel I,Thus, for example, in compounds of formula I,
hvor heterocyklyl-rest R^ er substituert med en karboksylgruppe, denne karboksylgruppe kan ved hjelp av i og for seg kjente fremgangsmåter overføres i en funksjonell omdannet karboksylgruppe, som i en forestret karboksylgruppe eller i en eventuelt substituert karbamoyl. Eksempelvis oppnås ved omsetning av en forbindelse med formel I, hvor R^ er heterocyklyl substituert med karboksyl, med en alkohol, spesielt en laverealkanol, en forbindelse med formel I, where the heterocyclyl residue R^ is substituted with a carboxyl group, this carboxyl group can, by means of methods known per se, be transferred into a functional converted carboxyl group, such as in an esterified carboxyl group or in an optionally substituted carbamoyl. For example, by reacting a compound of formula I, where R^ is heterocyclyl substituted by carboxyl, with an alcohol, especially a lower alkanol, a compound of formula I is obtained,
hvor R^er heterocyklyl som er substituert med forestret karboksyl, spesielt laverealkoksykarbonyl, hvorved det fortrinnsvis arbeides i nærvær av et egnet kondensasjonsmiddel, f.eks. et karbodiimid, eller fjerner det dannede vann ved azeotrop destillasjon. På den anne side kan where R 1 is heterocyclyl which is substituted with esterified carboxyl, especially lower alkoxycarbonyl, whereby work is preferably done in the presence of a suitable condensing agent, e.g. a carbodiimide, or remove the water formed by azeotropic distillation. On the other hand, it can
karboksylgrupper på resten R., også overføres i reaksjonsdyktige funksjonelle derivater, som blandede anhydrider, f.eks. syrehalogenid, eller aktivert ester, og omvandle disse ved omsetning med en alkohol, f.eks. laverealkanol, ammoniakk eller et primært eller sekundært amin, f.eks. carboxyl groups on the residue R., are also transferred in reactive functional derivatives, such as mixed anhydrides, e.g. acid halide, or activated ester, and convert these by reaction with an alcohol, e.g. lower alkanol, ammonia or a primary or secondary amine, e.g.
et laverealkyl- eller dilaverealkylamin, i tilsvarende forestrede eller amiderte karboksylgruppe, hvorved det ved anvendelse av blandede anhydrider fortrinnsvis arbeides i nærvær av et syrebindende middel, som et aromatisk eller tertiært amin eller et alkalimetall eller jordalkalimetallkarbonat. a lower alkyl or dilower alkylamine, in a correspondingly esterified or amidated carboxyl group, whereby when using mixed anhydrides it is preferably worked in the presence of an acid binding agent, such as an aromatic or tertiary amine or an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal carbonate.
Der som en héteroaryl-rest R^ inneholder en hydroksygruppe,Where as a heteroaryl radical R^ contains a hydroxy group,
så lar denne seg foretre på vanlig måte. Omsetningen til de tilsvarende lavere alky1-heteroaryletere foregår eksempelvis nærvær av base, som alkalimetallhydroksyder eller -karbonater, f.eks. natriumhydroksyd eller kaliumkarbonat, med hjelp av de laverealkylsulfater eller laverealkyl-halogenider, eller med diazolaverealkaner, eller, i nærvær av et dehydatiseringsmiddel, eksempelvis dicykloheksyl-karbodiimid, med hjelp av laverealkanoler. Videre kan hydroksy omvandles til forestret hydroksy, f.eks. laverealkanoyloksy, eksempelvis ved omsetning med det reaksjonsdyktige derivatet av en tilsvarende laverealkankarboksylsyre, f.eks. eddiksyre, som et anhydrid derav, f.eks. eddiksyre, som et anhydrid derav, f.eks. de symmetriske anhydrider derav eller et blandet anhydrid med en halogen-hydrogensyre, om nødvendig i nærvær av et basisk kondensasjonsmiddel, som et alkalimetallhydroksyd eller -karbonat, eller en nitrogenbase, f.eks. pyridin. Omdannelsen av laverealkanoyloksy til hydroksy foregår eksempelvis ved alkoholyse eller, fortrinnsvis, hydrolyse, f.eks. ved basekatalysert hydrolyse, f.eks. i nærvær av natriumnydrok-syd. then this can be done in the usual way. The reaction to the corresponding lower alkyl1-heteroaryl ethers takes place, for example, in the presence of a base, such as alkali metal hydroxides or carbonates, e.g. sodium hydroxide or potassium carbonate, with the help of the lower alkyl sulfates or lower alkyl halides, or with diazolarealkanes, or, in the presence of a dehydrating agent, for example dicyclohexyl carbodiimide, with the help of lower alkanols. Furthermore, hydroxy can be converted to esterified hydroxy, e.g. lower alkanoyloxy, for example by reaction with the reactive derivative of a corresponding lower alkane carboxylic acid, e.g. acetic acid, as an anhydride thereof, e.g. acetic acid, as an anhydride thereof, e.g. the symmetrical anhydrides thereof or a mixed anhydride with a halohydrogen acid, if necessary in the presence of a basic condensing agent, such as an alkali metal hydroxide or carbonate, or a nitrogen base, e.g. pyridine. The conversion of lower alkanoyloxy to hydroxy takes place, for example, by alcoholysis or, preferably, hydrolysis, e.g. by base-catalyzed hydrolysis, e.g. in the presence of sodium nydrok-syd.
I forbindelse med formel I, hvor R^ betyr heterocyklylIn connection with formula I, where R 1 means heterocyclyl
som er substituert med amino, kan aminogruppen overføreswhich is substituted with amino, the amino group can be transferred
i en substituert aminogruppe, som en laverealkylamino-, dilaverealkylamino-, laverealkylenamino- eller lavere-alkanoylaminogruppe._ Overføringen i en laverealkylamino-eller dilaverealkylaminogruppe"foregår eksempelvis ved omsetning med en reaksjonsdyktig forestret lavere alkanol, eksempelvis et laverealkylhalogenid eller -sulfonat, i nærvær av et basisk kondensasjonsmiddel, som et hydroksyd eller karbonat, av et alkali- eller jordalkalimetall eller en heteroaromatisk nitrogenbase, f.eks. pyridin. På analog måte kan amino ved behandling med et laverealkylendihalogenid eller -disulfonat omdannes i laverealkylenamino og ved behandling med reaksjonsdyktige funksjonelle derivater av en laverealkankarboksylsyre, f.eks. det tilsvarende kar-boksylsyrehalogenid, omdannes i laverealkanoylamino. in a substituted amino group, such as a lower alkylamino, dilower alkylamino, lower alkyleneamino or lower alkanoylamino group._ The transfer in a lower alkylamino or dilower alkylamino group" takes place, for example, by reaction with a reactive esterified lower alkanol, for example a lower alkyl halide or sulfonate, in the presence of a basic condensing agent, such as a hydroxide or carbonate, of an alkali or alkaline earth metal or a heteroaromatic nitrogen base, eg pyridine.In an analogous manner, amino can be converted into lower alkylene amino by treatment with a lower alkylene dihalide or disulfonate and by treatment with reactive functional derivatives of a lower alkanecarboxylic acid, eg the corresponding carboxylic acid halide, is converted into lower alkanoylamino.
Salter av forbindelser med formel I med saltdannende grupper kan fremstilles på i og for seg kjent måte. Således kan salter av forbindelser med formel I med en fri karboksylgruppe fremstilles f.eks. ved behandling med metallforbindelser som alkalimetallsalter av egnede organiske karboksylsyrer, f.eks. natriumsalt av a^etylcaptronsyre, eller med uorganiske alkali- eller jordalkalimetallsalter, f.eks. natrium-hydrogenkarbonat, eller med ammoniakk eller med et egnet organisk amin, hvorved det fortrinnsvis anvendes støchi-metriske mengder eller bare et lite overskudd av det saltdannende middel. Syreaddisjonssalter av forbindelsermed formel I oppnås på vanlig måte, f.eks. ved behandling med egnet syre eller et egnet anionbytterreagens, indre salter av forbindelser med formel I kan f.eks. dannes ved nøytralisering av salter, som syreaddisjonssalter, med det isoelektriske punkt, f.eks. med svake baser eller ved behandling med ionebyttere. Salts of compounds of formula I with salt-forming groups can be prepared in a manner known per se. Thus, salts of compounds of formula I with a free carboxyl group can be prepared, e.g. by treatment with metal compounds such as alkali metal salts of suitable organic carboxylic acids, e.g. sodium salt of α-ethylcaptronic acid, or with inorganic alkali or alkaline earth metal salts, e.g. sodium hydrogen carbonate, or with ammonia or with a suitable organic amine, whereby stoichiometric amounts or only a small excess of the salt-forming agent are preferably used. Acid addition salts of compounds of formula I are obtained in the usual way, e.g. by treatment with a suitable acid or a suitable anion exchange reagent, inner salts of compounds of formula I can e.g. is formed by neutralization of salts, such as acid addition salts, with the isoelectric point, e.g. with weak bases or when treated with ion exchangers.
Salter kan på vanlig måte overføres i de frie forbindelser, metall- og ammoniumsalter f.eks. ved behandling med egnede syrer og syreaddisjonssalter, f.eks. ved behandling Salts can normally be transferred in the free compounds, metal and ammonium salts, e.g. by treatment with suitable acids and acid addition salts, e.g. during treatment
med et egnet basisk middel.with a suitable basic agent.
Oppnådde blandinger av isomerer kan på i og for segObtained mixtures of isomers can in and of themselves
kjent måte oppdeles i de enkelte isomerene, blandinger av diastereomere isomerer f.eks. ved fraksjonert krystallisasjon, adsorpsjonskromatografi (kolonne- eller tynnsjikt-kromatografi) eller andre egnede repareringsfremgangs-måter. known way is divided into the individual isomers, mixtures of diastereomeric isomers, e.g. by fractional crystallization, adsorption chromatography (column or thin layer chromatography) or other suitable repair methods.
Spaltingen av oppnådde rasemater i deres optiske antipoder kan foregå på forskjellige måter. The splitting of obtained racemates into their optical antipodes can take place in different ways.
En av disse fremgangsmåter består i at en rasemat omsettes med et optisk aktivt hjelpestoff, den derved oppnådde blanding av to diastereomere forbindelser skyldes ved hjelp av egnede fysikalske-kjemiske metoder og de enkelte diastereomere forbindelsene spaltes så i de optiske aktive forbindelser. One of these methods consists in reacting a racemate with an optically active auxiliary substance, the resulting mixture of two diastereomeric compounds is produced using suitable physico-chemical methods and the individual diastereomeric compounds are then split into the optically active compounds.
Rasemater som er spesielt egnet for oppdeling i antipoder er slike som har en sur gruppe, som f.eks..rasemater av forbindelser med formel I, hvor R^ er karboksy. Disse sure rasematene kan omsettes med en optisk aktiv base, f.eks. estere av optiske aktive aminosyrer, eller (-)-brucin, (+)-chinidin, (-)-chinin, (+)-cinchonin, (+)-dehydroabietylamin, (+)- og (-)-ephedrin, (+)- og (-)-1- fenyl-etylamin eller deres N-mono- eller N,N-dialky-lerte derivater til blandinger som består av to diastereomere salter. Racemates which are particularly suitable for division into antipodes are those which have an acidic group, such as, for example, racemates of compounds of formula I, where R 1 is carboxy. These acidic racemic foods can be reacted with an optically active base, e.g. esters of optically active amino acids, or (-)-brucine, (+)-quinidine, (-)-quinine, (+)-cinchonine, (+)-dehydroabiethylamine, (+)- and (-)-ephedrine, (+ )- and (-)-1-phenylethylamine or their N-mono- or N,N-dialkylated derivatives to mixtures consisting of two diastereomeric salts.
I karboksylgruppeholdige rasemater kan denne karboksylgruppen også være eller bli forestret med en optisk aktiv alkohol, som (-)-mentol, (+)-borneol, (+)- eller (-)-2- octanol, hvorpå karboksylgruppen frigjøres etter isolering av de ønskede diastereomerene. In racemates containing a carboxyl group, this carboxyl group can also be or be esterified with an optically active alcohol, such as (-)-menthol, (+)-borneol, (+)- or (-)-2-octanol, whereupon the carboxyl group is released after isolation of the the desired diastereomers.
For rasematoppdeling kan også hydroksygruppen forestres med optisk aktive syrer eller deres reaksjonsdyktige, funksjonelle derivater, hvorved det dannes diastereomere estere. Slike syrer er eksempelvis (-)-abietinsyre, For racemate separation, the hydroxy group can also be esterified with optically active acids or their reactive, functional derivatives, whereby diastereomeric esters are formed. Such acids are, for example (-)-abietic acid,
D(+)- og L(-)-eplesyre, N-acylert optisk aktiv aminosyre, (+)- og (-)-kamfersyre, (+)- og (-)-ketopinsyre, L( + )-ascorbinsyre, (+)-kamfersyre, (+)-kamfer-10-sulfonsyre(3), ( + )-eller (-) -a-bromkamfer-ir^-sulfonsyre , D (-)-chinasyre , D(-)-isoascorbinsyre, D(-)- og L(+)-mandelsyre, (+)-mentoksyeddiksyre, D(-)- og L(+)-vinsyre og deres di-O-benxoyl- og di-O-p-tolylderivater. D(+)- and L(-)-malic acid, N-acylated optically active amino acid, (+)- and (-)-camphoric acid, (+)- and (-)-ketopic acid, L( + )-ascorbic acid, ( +)-camphoric acid, (+)-camphor-10-sulfonic acid(3), ( + )-or (-)-a-bromocamphor-ir^-sulfonic acid, D (-)-quinic acid, D(-)-isoascorbic acid, D(-)- and L(+)-mandelic acid, (+)-menthoxyacetic acid, D(-)- and L(+)-tartaric acid and their di-O-benzoyl and di-O-p-tolyl derivatives.
Ved omsetning ved optisk aktive isocyanater, som medWhen reacting with optically active isocyanates, such as with
(+)- eller (-)-1-fenyletylisocyanat, kan forbindelser med formel I, hvori R2betyr beskyttet karboksy og resten betyr med hydroksy substituert laverealkyl, forvandles til en blanding av diastereomere uretaner. (+)- or (-)-1-phenylethyl isocyanate, compounds of formula I, in which R 2 means protected carboxy and the residue means hydroxy substituted lower alkyl, can be transformed into a mixture of diastereomeric urethanes.
Basiske rasemater, f.eks. forbindelser med formel I, hvor resten R^er substituert med amino, kan danne diastereomere salter med de nevnte optisk aktive syrer. Basic breed foods, e.g. compounds of formula I, where the residue R 1 is substituted with amino, can form diastereomeric salts with the aforementioned optically active acids.
Spaltingen av de oppdelte diastereomerer i de optiske aktive forbindelsene med formel I foregår likeledes ved hjelp av vanlige metoder. Fra saltene befrir syrene eller basene, f.eks. ved behandling med sterkere syrer, henholdsvis base, enn de opprinnelig anvendte. Fra esterene og uretanene oppnås de ønskede optiske aktive forbindelsene eksempelvis etter alkalisk hydrolyse eller ved reduksjon med et kompleks hydrid, som lithiumaluminiumhydrid. The cleavage of the separated diastereomers in the optically active compounds of formula I likewise takes place by means of usual methods. From the salts the acids or bases, e.g. by treatment with stronger acids or bases than those originally used. From the esters and urethanes, the desired optically active compounds are obtained, for example, after alkaline hydrolysis or by reduction with a complex hydride, such as lithium aluminum hydride.
En ytterligere metode for oppdeling av rasematene bestårA further method of dividing the race foods consists
i kromatografi på optiske aktive absorpsjonssjikt, eksempelvis på rørsukker. in chromatography on optically active absorption layers, for example on cane sugar.
Ifølge en tredje metode kan rasematene oppløses i optisk aktive oppløsningsmidler og den tyngst oppløselige optiske According to a third method, the racing foods can be dissolved in optically active solvents and the heaviest soluble optical
antipode utkrystalliseres.antipode is crystallized.
Ved en fjerde metode benyttes forskjellen i reaksjons-dyktighet hos de optiske antipodene overfor biologisk materiale som mikroorganismer eller isolerte enzymer. In a fourth method, the difference in reactivity of the optical antipodes to biological material such as microorganisms or isolated enzymes is used.
Ifølge en femte metode oppløses rasematet og en av de optiske antipodene krystalliseres ved podning med en liten mengde av et optisk aktivt produkt som er oppnådd ifølge en av de ovenstående metodene. According to a fifth method, the racemate is dissolved and one of the optical antipodes is crystallized by seeding with a small amount of an optically active product obtained according to one of the above methods.
Oppdelingen av diastereomerer i de enkelte rasemater og rasematene i de optiske antipodene, kan gjennomføres på et fritt valgt fremgangsmåtetrinn, dvs. f.eks. også på utgangsforbindelsestrinnet for formel II til formel IV eller på et fritt valgt trinn i den senere beskrevne fremgangsmåten for fremstilling av utgangsmaterialene med formel II eller formel IV. The division of diastereomers into the individual racemates and the racemates into the optical antipodes can be carried out in a freely chosen method step, i.e. e.g. also in the starting connection step for formula II to formula IV or in a freely chosen step in the later described method for preparing the starting materials of formula II or formula IV.
Ved alle påfølgende forvandlinger av oppnådde forbindelser med formel I foretrekkes slike reaksjoner, som foregår under nøytrale eller :alJ<c>a<l>iske betingelser. In all subsequent transformations of obtained compounds of formula I, such reactions are preferred, which take place under neutral or :alJ<c>a<l>ic conditions.
Fremgangsmåten omfatter også slike utførelsesformer, ifølge hvilken forbindelser som faller ut som mellomprodukter anvendes som utgangsstoffer og de gjenværende fremgangsmåtetrinnene gjennomføres med disse, eller fremgangsmåten avbrytes på et hvilket som helst trinn. Videre kan utgangsstoffer anvendes i form av derivater dannes in situ, eventuelt under reaksjonsbetingelsene. Eksempelvis kan utgangsmaterialet med formel II, hvor Z er oksygen, fremstilles in situ fra en forbindelse med formel II, hvor Z er en, som nedenfor beskrevet, eventuelt substituert med metylidengruppe ved ozonisering og på-følgende reduksjon av det dannede ozonidet, analogt med den lenger nedenfor angitte fremgangsmåte (trinn 2.3), hvorpå ringslutningen til forbindelsen med formel I foregår i reaksjonsoppløsningen. The method also includes such embodiments, according to which compounds that precipitate as intermediates are used as starting materials and the remaining method steps are carried out with these, or the method is interrupted at any step. Furthermore, starting materials can be used in the form of derivatives formed in situ, possibly under the reaction conditions. For example, the starting material of formula II, where Z is oxygen, can be prepared in situ from a compound of formula II, where Z is a, as described below, optionally substituted with a methylidene group by ozonization and subsequent reduction of the formed ozonide, analogously to the method further below (step 2.3), after which the ring closure to the compound of formula I takes place in the reaction solution.
Utgangsforbindelsene med formlene II, III og IV og for-trinnene, kan fremstilles som angitt i reaksjonsskjemaene I og II: The starting compounds with formulas II, III and IV and the precursors can be prepared as indicated in reaction schemes I and II:
Reaksjonsskjema I:Reaction scheme I:
I forbindelsene med formlene V, VII, VIII og II<1>er Z oksygen, svovel eller også en eventuelt med en eller to substituenter Y substituerte metylidengrupper, som ved oksydasjon kan overføres i en oxogruppe Z. En substituent Y i denne metylidengruppe er en organisk rest, eksempelvis eventuelt substituert laverealkyl, f.eks. metyl eller etyl, cykloalkyl, f.eks. cyklopentyl eller cykloheksyl, fenyl eller fenyllaverealkyl, f.eks. benzyl eller spesielt en, inklusiv med en optisk aktiv alkohol, som 1-mentol, forestret karboksylgruppe, f.eks. en av de under R~omtalte eventuelt substituerte laverealkoksykarbonyl- eller arul-metoksykarbonylrester eller også 1-mentyloksykarbonyl. Metylidengruppe Z bærer fortrinnsvis en av de nevnte substituenter. Fremheves skal metoksykarbonylmetyliden-, etoksykarbonylmetyliden- og 1-mentyloksykarbonylmetyliden-gruppene Z'. Sistnevnte kan anvendes til fremstilling av optisk aktive forbindelser med formlene V, VII, VIII og In the compounds with the formulas V, VII, VIII and II<1>, Z is oxygen, sulfur or also a methylidene group optionally substituted with one or two substituents Y, which can be transferred by oxidation into an oxo group Z. A substituent Y in this methylidene group is a organic residue, for example optionally substituted lower alkyl, e.g. methyl or ethyl, cycloalkyl, e.g. cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl, phenyl or phenyl lower alkyl, e.g. benzyl or especially one, including with an optically active alcohol, such as 1-menthol, esterified carboxyl group, e.g. one of the optionally substituted lower alkoxycarbonyl or arulmethoxycarbonyl residues mentioned under R~ or also 1-menthyloxycarbonyl. Methylidene group Z preferably carries one of the aforementioned substituents. The methoxycarbonylmethylidene, ethoxycarbonylmethylidene and 1-menthyloxycarbonylmethylidene groups Z' must be emphasized. The latter can be used for the preparation of optically active compounds with the formulas V, VII, VIII and
II' .II'.
I forbindelse med formlene V, VII, VIII og II' står enten for resten R^eller for en reaksjonsdyktig, forestret hydroksygruppe Q. In connection with the formulas V, VII, VIII and II' stands either for the radical R^ or for a reactive, esterified hydroxy group Q.
I forbindelse med formlene V til IX og II<1>inneholder restenR^foretrukket en av de nevnte beskyttede hydroksy-grupper, f.eks. eventuelt substituert 1-fenyllaverealkoksy, In connection with formulas V to IX and II<1>, the radical R^preferably contains one of the aforementioned protected hydroxy groups, e.g. optionally substituted 1-phenyl lower aryloxy,
eller trisubstituert silyloksy.or trisubstituted silyloxy.
Trinn 1. 1; Step 1. 1;
Et thio-azetidinon med formelen V fås idet man behandler et 4-W-azetidinon med formelen VI hvor W betyr en nukleofuge avspaltbar gruppe, med en merkaptoforbindelse med formelen: A thio-azetidinone of the formula V is obtained by treating a 4-W-azetidinone of the formula VI where W means a nucleofuge leaving group, with a mercapto compound of the formula:
eller et salt, f.eks. et alkalimetall-, som natrium-eller kaliumsalt derav, og, dersom ønsket, overfører i en dannet forbindelse med formel V, hvori resten er substituert med hydroksy, overfører hydroksy i beskyttet hydroksy. Den nukleofuge avspaltbare gruppen W i et utgangsmateriale med formelen VI er en gruppe som kan erstattes med den nukleofile rest or a salt, e.g. an alkali metal-, such as sodium or potassium salt thereof, and, if desired, transfers in a formed compound of formula V, in which the residue is substituted with hydroxy, transfers hydroxy in protected hydroxy. The nucleofuge leaving group W in a starting material of the formula VI is a group that can be replaced by the nucleophilic residue
Slike grupper W er eksempelvis acyloksyrest, sulfonylrester (RQ- SC>2 -, hvor RQ er en organisk rest, azido eller halogen. I en acyloksyrest W er acyl f.eks. resten av en organisk karboksylsyre, inklusive en optisk aktiv karboksylsyre, Such groups W are, for example, acyloxy acid residues, sulfonyl residues (RQ- SC>2 -, where RQ is an organic residue, azido or halogen. In an acyloxy acid residue W, acyl is, for example, the residue of an organic carboxylic acid, including an optically active carboxylic acid,
og betyr eksempelvis laverealkanoyl, f.eks. acetyl eller propionyl, eventuelt substituert benzoyl, f.eks. benzoyl eller 2,4-dinitrobenzoyl, fenyllaverealkanoyl, f.eks. fenylacetyl, eller acylresten av en av de ovenfor nevnte optiske aktive syrer. I en sulfonylrest R^SG^- er RQ eksempelvis eventuelt med hydroksy substituert laverealkyl, som metyl, etyl eller 2-hydroksyetyl, videre også tilsvarende substituert, optisk aktivt laverealkyl, f.eks. (2R)- eller (2S)-1-hydroksyprop-2-yl, med en optisk aktiv rest substituert metyl, som and means, for example, lower alkanoyl, e.g. acetyl or propionyl, optionally substituted benzoyl, e.g. benzoyl or 2,4-dinitrobenzoyl, phenyl laveralkanoyl, e.g. phenylacetyl, or the acyl residue of one of the optically active acids mentioned above. In a sulfonyl residue R^SG^-, RQ is, for example, optionally hydroxy-substituted lower alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl or 2-hydroxyethyl, and also correspondingly substituted, optically active lower alkyl, e.g. (2R)- or (2S)-1-hydroxyprop-2-yl, with an optically active residue substituted methyl, which
kamferyl, eller benzyl, eller eventuelt substituert fenyl, som fenyl, 4-bromfenyl eller 4-metylfenyl. campheryl, or benzyl, or optionally substituted phenyl, such as phenyl, 4-bromophenyl or 4-methylphenyl.
En halogenrest W er f.eks. brom, jod eller spesieltA halogen residue W is e.g. bromine, iodine or especially
klor. W er fortrinnsvis metyl- eller 2-hydroksyetyl-sulfonyl, acetoksy eller klor. chlorine. W is preferably methyl- or 2-hydroxyethyl-sulfonyl, acetoxy or chlorine.
Den nukleofile substitusjon kan utføres under nøytrale eller svakt basiske betingelser i nærvær av vann og eventuelt i et med vann blandbart organisk oppløsnings-middel. De basiske betingelser kan eksempelvis innstilles ved tilsetning av en uorganisk base, som et alkalimetall-eller jordalkalimetallhydroksyd, -karbonat eller -hydrogenkarbonat, f.eks. natrium-, kalium- eller kalsiumhydroksyd, -karbonat eller -hydrogenkarbonat. Som organisk opp-løsningsmiddel kan anvendes f.eks. med vann blandbare alkoholer, f.eks. laverealkanoler som metanol eller etanol, ketoner, f.eks. laverealkanoner, som aceton, amider, f.eks. laverealkankarboksylsyreamider, som dimetylformamid, acetonitril og liknende. Omsetningen blir vanligvis utført ved værelsestemperatur, men kan også utføres ved forhøyet eller senket temperatur. Ved tilsetning av salt av jodhydrogensyre eller thiocyansyre, f.eks. et alkalimetall-, som natriumsalt, kan reaksjonen påskyndes. The nucleophilic substitution can be carried out under neutral or weakly basic conditions in the presence of water and optionally in a water-miscible organic solvent. The basic conditions can, for example, be set by adding an inorganic base, such as an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal hydroxide, carbonate or hydrogen carbonate, e.g. sodium, potassium or calcium hydroxide, carbonate or bicarbonate. As an organic solvent, e.g. water-miscible alcohols, e.g. lower alkanols such as methanol or ethanol, ketones, e.g. lower alkanones, such as acetone, amides, e.g. lower alkanecarboxylic acid amides, such as dimethylformamide, acetonitrile and the like. The reaction is usually carried out at room temperature, but can also be carried out at an elevated or lowered temperature. By adding a salt of hydroiodic acid or thiocyanic acid, e.g. an alkali metal, such as a sodium salt, the reaction can be accelerated.
I reaksjonen kan det anvendes såvel optiske inaktive cis-eller trans-forbindelser med formelen VI, såvel som blandinger derav, eller tilsvarende optiske aktive forbindelser. Den inngående gruppe R^-A-C ( = Z') - S - dirigeres fortrinnsvis i trans-stilling av gruppen R^uavhengig av om W står i cis- eller trans-stilling til gruppen R^. Selv om trans-isomerene dannes i overveiende grad, kan imidlertid også leilighetsvis cis-isomerene isoleres. Oppdelingen av cis- og trans-isomerene foregår som beskrevet ovenfor, ved hjelp av konvensjonelle metoder, spesielt ved kromatografi og/eller ved krystallisasjon. In the reaction, both optically inactive cis- or trans-compounds of the formula VI, as well as mixtures thereof, or corresponding optically active compounds can be used. The constituent group R^-A-C (= Z') - S - is preferably directed in the trans position of the group R^, regardless of whether W is in the cis or trans position to the group R^. Although the trans isomers are predominantly formed, the cis isomers can also occasionally be isolated. The separation of the cis- and trans-isomers takes place as described above, using conventional methods, in particular by chromatography and/or by crystallization.
En etterfølgende ozonisering av en metylidengruppe Z<1>A subsequent ozonation of a methylidene group Z<1>
kan gjennomføres som angitt lenger nedenfor. Et opp-can be carried out as indicated further below. An up-
nådd rasemat med formelen V kan oppdeles i de optiske aktive forbindelsene. reached racemate with the formula V can be divided into the optically active compounds.
Et azetidinon med formel VI, hvor betyr acetoksymetyl, er beskrevet i DE. Off. skrift nr. 29 50 898. An azetidinone of formula VI, where means acetoxymethyl, is described in DE. Off. document no. 29 50 898.
Andre azetidinoner med formelen VI kan fremstilles på iOther azetidinones of the formula VI can be prepared on i
og for seg kjent måte, eksempelvis idet man omsetter en vinylester med formelen R^- CH = CH - W med klorsulfonyl-isocyanat og omsetter det dannede cykloaddukt med et reduksjonsmiddel, f.eks. natriumsulfitt. Ved denne syntese fås vanligvis blandinger av cis- og trans-isomerer, som dersom ønsket, avspaltes i de rene cis- eller trans-isomerer, f.eks. ved kromatografi og/eller krystallisasjon eller destillasjon. De rene cis- og trans-isomerer foreligger som rasemater og kan spaltes i deres optiske antipoder, eksempelvis når acyl i en acyloksyrest W and in a manner known per se, for example by reacting a vinyl ester with the formula R^-CH = CH-W with chlorosulfonyl isocyanate and reacting the cycloadduct formed with a reducing agent, e.g. sodium sulfite. In this synthesis, mixtures of cis- and trans-isomers are usually obtained, which, if desired, are split off into the pure cis- or trans-isomers, e.g. by chromatography and/or crystallization or distillation. The pure cis- and trans-isomers exist as racemates and can be split into their optical antipodes, for example when acyl in an acyloxy acid residue W
i forbindelser med formel VI stammer fra en optisk aktiv syre. Forbindelsene med formel VI, spesielt deres optisk aktive representanter, kan også fremstilles ved hjelp av den fremgangsmåte som her er angitt nedenfor ved reaksjonsskjemaet II. in compounds of formula VI originates from an optically active acid. The compounds of formula VI, especially their optically active representatives, can also be prepared by means of the method indicated here below by reaction scheme II.
Trinn 1. 2:Step 1. 2:
En a-hydroksykarboksylsyreforbindelse med formelen VIII oppnås idet man setter en forbindelse med formelen V med en glyoksylsyre-forbindelse med formelen OHC-R^ eller et egnet derivat derav, som et hydrat, hemihydrat eller halvacetal* f.eks. et halvacetal med en laverealkanol, f.eks. metanol eller etanol, og, dersom ønsket, i en dannet forbindelse med formel VII, når resten er substituert med et hydroksy, overfører hydroksy i beskyttet hydroksy. Forbindelsen VII får man vanligvis som blanding av de to isomerer, (med hensyn til grupperingen ; Men man kan også isolere de rene isomerer derav. ;Tilegningen av glyoksylsyreesterforbindelsen til nitro-genatomet i lactamringen finner sted ved værelsestemperatur eller, dersom nødvendig, under oppvarming, f.eks. inntil ca. 100°C, og det i fravær av et egentlig kondensa- ' sjonsmiddel og/eller uten dannelse av et salt. Ved anvendelse av hydratet til glyoksylsyreforbindelsen blir dannet vann, som kommer, dersom nødvendig, fjernes ved destillasjon, f.eks. azetropisk destillasjon eller under anvendelse av et egnet dehydratiseringsmiddel, som en molekylsikt. Fortrinnsvis arbeider man i nærvær av et egnet oppløsningsmiddel, som f.eks. dioksan, toluen eller dimetylformamid, eller løsningsmiddelblanding, om ønsket eller nødvendig i en inert gass atmosfære, som nitrogen. ;I reaksjonen kan anvendes såvel rene optiske inaktive;cis- eller trans-forbindelser med formel V, som også blandinger derav, eller tilsvarende optisk aktive forbindelser. Et oppnådd rasemat med formel VII kan oppdeles i de optisk aktive forbindelsene. ;Trinn 1. 3; ;Forbindelser med formelen VIII, hvor X o står for en reaksjonsdyktig forestret hydroksygruppe, spesielt for halogen eller organisk sulf onyloksyfremstilles idet man i en forbindelse med formelen VII omvandler den sekundære hydroksygruppe i en reaksjonsdyktig, for- ;estret hydroksygruppe, spesielt i halogen, f.eks. klor eller brom, eller i en organisk sulfonyloksy-gruppe, ;som laverealkansulfonyloksy, f.eks. metansulfonyloksy, eller arensulfonyloksy, f.eks. benzen- eller 4-metyl- ;benzensulfonyloksy.;I utgangsforbindelsene med formel VII står R 1 fortrinnsvis for laverealkyl som er substituert med en beskyttet hydroksygruppe. ;Forbindelsene med formel VIII kan man få i form av blandinger av isomerene (med hensyn til<g>rupperingen ; ; eller i form av rene isomerer. ;Den ovenstående reaksjon gjennomføres ved behandling med;et egnet forestringsmiddel, f.eks. med et thionylhalo-genid, f.eks. -klorid, et fosforoksyhalogenid, spesielt -klorid, et halogenphosphoniumhalogenid, som trifenyl-phosphondibromid eller -dijodid, eller et egnet organisk sulfonsyrehalogenid, som -klorid, fortrinnsvis i nærvær av et basisk, i første rekke et organisk basisk middel, som et alifatisk tertiært amin, f.eks. trietylamin, diisopropylamin eller "polystyrol-hunigbase", eller en hetero-cyklisk base av pyridintype, f.eks. pyridin eller collidin. Fortrinnsvis arbeider man i nærvær av et egnet oppløsnings-middel, f.eks. dioksan, eller tetrahydrofuran, eller en løsningsmiddelblanding, om nødvendig under avkjøling og/ eller i en inertgass atmosfære, som nitrogen. ;I en slik oppnåelig forbindelse med formel VIII kan en reaksjonsdyktig forestret hydroksygruppe X forvandles på ;i og for seg kjent måte til en annen reaksjonsdyktig forestret hydroksygruppe. ;Således kan man f.eks. utbytte et kloratom med et brom-henholdsvis jodatom, ved behandling av den tilsvarende klor-forbindelse med et egnet bromid- eller jodidsalt, samt lithiumbromid eller -jodid, fortrinnsvis i nærvær av et egnet oppløsningsmiddel, som eter. ;I reaksjonen kan således rene optiske inaktive cis-;eller trans-forbindelser med formelen VII som også;blandinger derav, eller tilsvarende optisk aktive forbindelser anvendes. Et oppnådd rasemat med formelen VIII, ;kan oppdeles i optisk aktive forbindelser.;Trinn 1. 4:;Utgangsmaterialet med formelen II' oppnåes ved at man behandler en forbindelse med formelen VIII, hvor XQstår for en reaksjonsdyktig forestret hydroksygruppe, med en egnet phosphin-forbindelse, som et trilaverealkylphosphin, f.eks. tri-n-butyl-phosphin, eller et triaryl-phosphin, ;f.eks. trifenyl-phosphin, eller behandle med en egnet phosphit-forbindelse, f.eks. trilaverealkylphosphit, f.eks. trietylphosphit, eller et alkalimetalldilaverealkylphosphit, f.eks. -dietylphosphit. ;Den ovenstående reaksjon gjennomføres henholdsvis i nærvær;av et egnet inert oppløsningsmiddel, som et hydrokarbon, f .eks. heksan, cykloheksan, benzen, toluen eller xylol, ;eller en eter, f.eks. dioksan, tetrahydrofuran eller dietylen-glykol-dimetyleter, eller en løsningsmiddelblanding. ;Avhengig av reaksjonsdyktigheten arbeider man under kjøling eller ved forhøyet temperatur, ca. mellom -10°C og +100°C, foretrukket ved ca. 20°C til 80°C, og/eller i en inertgass atmosfære, som nitrogen. For å forhindre oksydasjons-prosesser, kan det tilsettes katalytiske mengder av en antioksydant, f.eks. hydrochinon. ;Derved arbeides under anvendelse av en phosphinforbindelse, vanligvis i nærvær av et basisk middel, som en organisk base, f.eks. et amin, som trietylamin, diisopropyl- ;etylamin eller "polystyren-hiinigbase", og kommer så direkte til ylid-utgangsmaterialet med formel II (henholdsvis ;II') som dannes fra det tilsvarende phosphoniumsalt.;En utgangsforbindelse med formel II, hvor X er en phosphonogruppe tilsammen med et kation, blir fortrinnsvis fremstilt in situ, idet man behandler en dannet forbindelse med formel ; ; hvor X' betyr en phosphonogruppe, med et egnet basisk reagens, som en uorganisk base, f.eks. et alkalimetall-karbonat, som natrium- eller kaliumkarbonat, eller en organisk base, som et trilaverealkylamin, f.eks. trietylamin, eller en cyklisk base av amidintype, som en tilsvarende diazabicykloalkenforbindelse, f.eks. 1,5-diazabicyklo(5.4.0) undec-5-en. ;I reaksjonen kan anvendes såvel rene, optiske inaktive;cis- eller trans-forbindelser med formelen VIII, som også blandinger derav, eller tilsvarende optisk aktive forbindelser. Et dannet rasemat med formelen II<1>kan spaltes i de optiske aktive forbindelser. ;Trinn 1. 4a:;En utgangsforbindelse med formelen II', hvor Z<1>står for oxo, kan videre oppnåes når et mercaptid med formelen IX, hvori M står for et metallkation, behandles med et ;acyleringsmiddel innfører resten R^-A-C (=0) -.;I utgangsmaterialet med formelen IX er metallkationet M eksempelvis et kation med formelen M<+>eller M +/2, hvorved M + spesielt ståo r for et sølvkation og M 2 + står spesielt ;for det toverdige kation av et egnet overgangsmetall, f.eks. kopper, bly eller kvikksølv. ;Et acyleringsmiddel som innfører resten R^-A-C(=0)- er;f.eks. syren R^-A-000H eller et reaksjonsdyktig funksjo-;nelt derivat derav, som et syrehalogenid, f.eks. klorid eller bromid, azid eller anhydrid derav. ;Acyleringen foregår når den frie syren med formelen R^-A-COOH anvendes, f.eks. i nærvær av et egnet vannuttrekkende middel, som et karbodiimid, f.eks, N,N'-dicykloheksylkarbodiimid, eller når det anvendes et syrederivat i nærvær av et egnet syrebindende middel, som en tertiært alifatisk eller aromatisk base, f.eks. trietylamin, pyridin eller chinolin, i et inert oppløsningsmiddel som et klorert hydrokarbon, f.eks. metylenklorid, eller en eter, f.eks. dietyleter eller dioksan, ;ved værelsestemperatur eller under oppvarming eller kjøling, f.eks. i et temperaturområde fra ca. -50°Ctil ca. +60°C, spesielt ved ca. -30°C til ca. +20°C. ;Utgangsforbindelsene med formelen IX kan eksempelvis fremstilles idet man overfører et azetidinon med formelen ; ved omsetning med et alkalimetallsalt, f.eks. natrium-salt, en thiolaverealkankarboksylsyre, f.eks. thioeddiksyre, eller trifenylmetylmercaptaner i en forbindelse med formelen hvor W<1>betyr trifenylmetylthio eller laverealkanoylthio, f.eks. acetylthio, overføre denne forbindelse analogt med de i reaksjonstrinnet 1.2, 1.3 og 1.4 beskrevne fremgangsmåter, til en forbindelse med formelen ; og omsette denne i nærvær av en base, f.eks. pyridin eller tri-n-butylamin, i et egnet oppløsningsmiddel, f.eks. dietyleter eller metanol, med et salt med formelen MA hvor M ;har det ovenfor angitte betydning, men står spesielt for et sølv-kation, og A betyr et vanlig anion, som be-gunstiger oppløseligheten av salter MA i det valgte opp-løsningsmiddel, f.eks. nitrat-, acetat- eller fluoridanion. ;Forbindelser med formelen (II<1>) hvor står for en reaksjonsdyktig forestret hydroksygruppe, kan overføres i en omsetning med et middel som innfører azahetero-cyklylrest R^, i forbindelser med formelen (II'), hvor R^ står for resten R^, hvorved eksempelvis anvendes den i fremgangsmåte variant c) angitte reaksjonsbetingelse. ;Ylidéne med formelen II', hvor Z' er oksygen eller;svovel, kan anvendes direkte i ringslutningsreaksjonen for fremstilling av sluttproduktet med formel I. Men man kan også i forbindelser med formel II', hvor R^inneholder en beskyttet hydroksygruppe, f.eks. en hydrolytisk lett avspaltbar beskyttet hydroksygruppe, som trisubstituert silyloksy som substituenter, først avspalte hydroksy beskyttelsesgruppe og deretter anvende den dannede forbindelse med formelen II', hvor R^ er med hydroksy substituert laverealkyl, i ringslutningsreaksjonen. ;I forbindelsene II', V, VII og VIII kan en eventuelt substituert metylidengruppe Z' overføres i oxogruppen Z ved ozonisering og etterfølgende reduksjon av det dannede ozonid, ifølge den fremgangsmåte som er beskrevet senere i trinnet 2.3. ;Trinn 1. 5:;Utgangsforbindelsen med formel (IV) oppnås idet man ringslutter et ylid med formelen (II<1>), hvor Z' betyr oksygen eller svovel og R^ står for en reaksjonsdyktig forestret hydroksygruppe Q, og eventuelt overfører en beskyttet karboksylgruppe R^ i den frie karboksylgruppen R2i en oppnåelig forbindelse. ;Ringslutningen kan eksempelvis gjennomføres slik som den er beskrevet ved fremstillingen av forbindelser med formelen (I), av ylidene med formel (II)(fremgangsmåte a.). ;Overføringen av en beskyttet karboksylgruppe R£ i en;fri karboksylgruppe R2i en oppnåelig forbindelse med formel IV kan gjennomføres på analog måte som overfor beskrevet vedrørende forbindelsene med formel I. ;Trinn 1. 6:;En forbindelse med formelen (III) fåes idet man behandler et azetidinon med formelen (V), hvor Z<1>betyr svovel, ;med en forbindelse med formelen R^-COOH eller spesielt et reaksjonsdyktig derivat, som et syrehalogenid, f.eks. syrekloridet derav, ved en temperatur fra 20°C til 80°C, foretrukket ved 40°C til 60°C, i et inert oppløsnings-middel som et av de oppløsningsmidler som er nevnt ved omsetningen av forbindelser med formel III, til forbindelser med formel I. Ved anvendelse av et syrehalogenid arbeider man fortrinnsvis i nærvær av et syrebindende middel, som et tertiært alifatisk amin, f.eks. trietylamin, et aromatisk amin, f.eks. pyridin, eller spesielt i nærvær av et alkalimetall- eller jordalkalimetallkarbonat eller -hydrogenkarbonat, f.eks. kaliumkarbonat eller kalsiumkarbonat. ;Utgangsforbindelser med formel VI, hvor W er en sulfonylrest med formel R -SO2- kan også fremstilles ifølge det følgende reaksjonsskjema II. ;Reaksjonsskjema II; ; ; I forbindelsene med formlene (XI) til (XIV) og (Via) står R^ for med hydroksy substituert laverealkyl eller står spesielt for den beskyttede hydroksygruppe substituert laverealkyl. ;Trinn 2. 1; ;Forbindelser med formelen (XII) kan fremstilles idet man epimeriserer en forbindelse med formelen (XI). ;Epimeriseringen utføres eksempelvis i nærvær av et basisk middel, som et amin, f.eks. et trilaverealkylamin, f.eks. trietylamin eller etyl-diisopropylamin, et tertiært amin, f.eks. N,N-dimetylanilin, et aromatisk amin, f.eks. pyridn, eller et bicyklisk amin, f.eks. 1,5-diazabicyklo(5,4,0)undec-5-en, eller 1,5-diazabicyklo(4,3,0)non-5-en, eller et alkalimetall-Javerealkanolater, f. eks. natriummetanolat, natriumetanolat, eller kalium-tert.-butanolat, i et inert oppløsningsmiddel, eksempelvis en eter, f.eks. dietyleter, dimetoksyetan, tetrahydrofuran eller dioxan, acetonitril eller dimetylformamid, eventuelt med noe forhøyet eller senket temperatur, f.eks. ved 0°C til 50°C, fortrinnsvis ved værelsestemperatur. ;I de ved fremgangsmåten dannete f orbindelser med formelen (XII) kan en i resten inneholdende beskyttede hydroksygruppe erstattet med en annen beskyttet hydroksygruppe, eksempelvis kan en hydrogenolyttisk avspaltbar beskyttet hydroksygruppe erstattes med en solvolytisk avspaltbar beskyttet hydroksygruppe. Hydroksybeskyttelsesgrupper er spesielt de ovenfor nevnte, hydrogenolytisk avspaltbare beskyttelsesgrupper er eksempelvis som angitt substituert 1-fenyllaverealkyl eller fenyllaverealkoksykarbonyl, solvolytisk avspaltbare beskyttelsesgrupper er eksempelvis som angitt trisubstituert silyl. ;Omsetningen kan gjennomføres slik at man først fjerner den hydrogenolytiske avspaltbare hydroksybeskyttelsesgruppe og innfører i den dannede forbindelse med formel XII, hvor R^er med hydroksy substituert laverealkyl, en solvolytisk avspaltbar hydroksy beskyttelsesgruppe. ;Avspaltingen av den hydrogenolytiske avspaltbare beskyttelsesgruppe kan utføres f.eks. med et hydrogen eller en ;t hydrogen donator, f.eks. cykloheksen eller cykloheksadien, ;i nærvær av en hydreringskatalysator, som en palladium-katalysator, f.eks. palladium på kull, i et inert opp-løsningsmiddel, som et halogenert hydrokarbon, f.eks. metylenklorid, en laverealkanol, f.eks. metanol eller etanol, en eter, f.eks. dioksan eller tetrahydrofuran, eller også i vann eller i blandinger derav, ved en temperatur fra ca. 0°C til ca. 80°C, fortrinnsvis ved væreIsestemperatur. Avspaltingen kan også utføres med et reduserende metall, ;som sink, eller en reduserende metall-legering, f.eks. kopper-sink-legering, i nærvær av et protonavgivende middel, som en organisk syre, f.eks. eddiksyre, eller også en laverealkanol, f.eks. etanol. ;Innføringen av den solvolytisk avspaltbare hydroksybeskyt-telsesgruppen kan eksempelvis utføres med en forbindelse med formel R'-X.j, hvor R' betyr hydroksybeskyttelsesgruppe, ;og X^betyr f.eks. en reaksjonsdyktig forestret hydroksygruppe, eksempelvis halogen, f.eks. klor, brom eller jod, eller sulfonyloksy, som metansulfonyloksy, benzensulfonyl-oksy eller 4-toluensulfonyloksy. ;Utgangsforbindelser med formel (XI) er eksempelvis kjent fra DE Off. skrift 3 039 504 og den britiske patentsøknad 20 61 930. ;Trinn 2. 2:;En forbindelse med formelen (XIII) kan fremstilles idet;man behandler en penam-forbindelse med formelen (XII) med et basisk middel og med et forestringsmiddel som innfører resten R . ;o ;Et egnet basisk middel er eksempelvis en av de under;trinn 2.1 nevnte basiske midler, spesielt av de nevnte ;bicykliske amin, videre også et alkalimetallamid eller ;-hydrid, f.eks. natriumamid eller natriumhydrid.;En rest RQer eksempelvis en av de under trinn 1.1 nevnte organiske rester, spesielt eventuelt substituert laverealkyl, f.eks. metyl, etyl eller 2-hydroksyetyl eller benzyl. ;Et forestringsmiddel innfører resten RQer f.eks. en forbindelse med-formelen RQ-X^, hvor X^er reaksjons- ;dyktig forestret hydroksy, f.eks. halogen, som klor, brom eller jod, eller sulfonyloksy, som metansulfonyloksy, benzen-sulfonyloksy eller 4-toluensulfonyloksy. For innføring av et 2-hydroksyetylrest er også egnet etylenoksyd. ;Omsetningen blir fortrinnsvis utført i to trinn, hvorved;man i det første trinnet behandler penam-forbindelser med formelen (XII) med minst ekvimolare mengder av det basiske middel og omsetter et dannet mellomprodukt med formelen ; ; hvor B betyr den protonierte form (kation) av det basiske middel, fortrinnsvis uten isolering fra reaksjonsblandingen med forestringsmiddelet. Reaksjonen gjennomføres i et inert oppløsningsmiddel, eksempelvis en eter, f.eks. dietyleter, dimetoksyetan. tetrahydrofuran eller dioksan, i acetonitril, dimetylformamid eller heksametylfosforsyretriamid, eventuelt ved noe forhøyet eller senket temperatur, f.eks. ved ca. ;0°C til 50°C, fortrinnsvis ved væreIsestemperatur. I en foretrukket utføringsform av fremgangsmåten blir penam-forbindelsen med formelen (XII) fremstilt in situ, idet man under trinn 2.1 beskrevet, behandler en forbindelse med formelen (XI) først med katalytiske mender av det basiske middel, f.eks. 1,5-diazabicyklo(5,4,0)undec-5-en), og deretter omsetter med minst ekvimolare mengder av det samme basiske middel og forestringsmidlet i forbindelsene med formelen ;(XIII).;Trinn 2. 3; ;Et oksalyl-azetidinon med formelen (XIV) kan fremstilles;idet man ozoniserer en forbindelse med formelen (XIII) og spalter det dannede ozonid reduktivt til oxo-forbindelsen. ;Ozoniseringen gjennomføres vanligvis med en ozon-oksygen-blanding i et inert oppløsningsmiddel, som en laverealka- ;nol, f.eks. metanol eller etanol, en laverealkanol, f.eks. aceton, et eventuelt halogenert hydrokarbon, f.eks. et halogenlaverealkan, som metylenklorid eller tetraklor-karbon, eller i en oppløsningsmiddelblanding, inkludert en vandig blanding, fortrinnsvis under avkjøling, f.eks. ved temperaturer fra ca. -80°C til ca. 0°C. ;Et ozonid som oppnås som mellomprodukt, spaltes vanligvis uten å isoleres, reduktivt til en forbindelse med formelen XIV, hvorved det anvendes katalytisk aktivert hydrogen, f.eks. hydrogen i nærvær av en tungmetallhydreringskatalysator, ;som en nikkel-, og videre palladiumkatalysator, fortrinnsvis på et egnet bæremateriale, som kalsiumkarbonat eller karbon, eller kjemiske reduksjonsmidler, som reduserende tungmetaller, inkludert tungmetall-legeringer eller -amalgan, f.eks. ;sink, i nærvær av en hydrogendonator, som en syre, f.eks. eddiksyre, eller en alkohol, f.eks. laverealkanol, reduserende ;uorganiske salter, som alkalimetalljodid, f.eks. natriumjodid, eller alkalimetallhydrogensulfitt, f.eks. natrium-hydrogensulfitt i nærvær av en hydrogendonator, som en syre, f.eks. eddiksyre, eller vann, eller reduserende organiske forbindelser, som maursyre. Som reduksjonsmiddel kan det også anvendes forbindelser som lett kan forvandles til tilsvarende epoksxforbindelser eller oksyder, hvorved epoksiddannelsen kan skje på grunn av en C,C-dobbelbinding og oksyddannelsen kan skje på grunn av en tilstedeværende oksyd-dannende hetero-, som svovel-, fosfor- eller nitrogenatomer. Slike forbindelser er f.eks. passende substituert etenforbindelser (som i reaksjon forvandles til etylenoksydforbindelser), som tetracyanetylen, eller spesielt egnede sulfidforbindelser (som i reaksjonen forvandlet til sulfoksydforbindelser), som dilaverealkyl-sulfider, i første rekke dimetylsulfid, egnede organiske fosfor-forbindelser, som et phosphin som eventuelt er substituert med fenyl og/eller laverealkyl, f.eks. metyl, etyl, n-propyl eller n-butyl, (som i reaksjon forvandles til et phosphinoksyd), som trilaverealkyl-phosphiner, f.eks. tri-n-butylphosphin, eller trifenylphosphin, videre trilaverealkylphosphit (som i reaksjonen forvandles til fosforsyre-trilaverealkylestere), vanligvis i form av tilsvarende alkoholaduktforbindelser, som trimetylphosphit, eller fosforsyrling-triamider, som likeledes inneholder laverealkyl som substituent, som heksalaverealkyl-fosforsyrlingtriamid, f.eks. heksametylf osf orsyrlingtriamid, idet den sistnevnte fortrinnsvis foreligger i form av et metanoladdikt, videre egnede nitrogengasser (som i reaksjon forvandles til de tilsvarende N-oksyder), som heterocykliske nitrogenbaser av aromatisk karakter, f.eks. baser av pyridintypen, og spesielt pyridin selv. Spaltingen av det vanligvis ikke isolerte ozonidet foregår normalt under betingelser som anvendes for dets fremstilling, f.eks. i nærvær av et egnet oppløsningsmiddel eller oppløsningsmiddelblanding, såvel som under avkjøling eller lett oppvarming, hvorved det fortrinnsvis anvendes temperaturer fra ca. -10°C til ca. ;+25°C og reaksjonen avsluttes vanligvis ved værelses-temperåtur. ;Trinn 2. 4:;Etazetidinon med formelen (Via) kan fremstilles ved at et oksalyl-azetidinon med formelen (XIV) solvolyseres. ;Solvolysen kan gjennomføres som hydrolyse, som alkoholyse eller også som hydrazinolyse. Hydrolysen gjennomføres med vann, eventuelt i et oppløsningsmiddel som er blandbart med vann. Alkoholysen gjennomføres vanligvis med en laverealkanol, f.ekes. metanol eller etanol, fortrinnsvis i nærvær av vann og et organisk oppløsningsmiddel, som en laverealkankarboksylsyre-laverealkylestere, f.eks . eddik-syreetylester, fortrinnsvis ved værelsestemperatur, om nødvendig under avkjøling eller oppvarming, f.eks. ved en temperatur fra. ca. 0°C til ca. 80°C. Hydrazinolysen gjennomføres på konvensjonell måte, med et substituert hydrazin, f.eks. med fenyl- eller et nitrofenylhydrazin, ;som 2-nitrofenylhydrazin, 4-nitrogenylhydrazin, eller 2,4-dinitrofenylhydrazin, som foretrukket anvendes i ca. ekvimolare mengder, i et organisk oppløsningsmiddel, som en eter, f.eks. dietyleter, et aromatisk hydrokarbon, som benzen, et halogenert hydrokarbon, som metylenklorid, en ester, som etylacetat, og liknende, ved temperaturer mellom ca. værelsestemperatur og ca. 65°C. ;I en foretrukket utførelsesform av fremgangsmåten utgår;man fra en forbindelse med formelen (XIII) som, som angitt ozoniseres og så spaltes reduktivt til oxaly1-azetidinon med formelen (XIV) som uten isolering fra reaksjonsblandingen videre omsettes til azetidinon med formelen (Via). ;Ved ozonolysen oppstår eventuelt små mengder syrer,;som kan bevirke avspaltingen av en solvolytisk lett avspaltbar ;hydroksy :beskyttelsesgruppe R<1>i resten R^ , f.eks.;en trisubstituert silyl-rest. Den derved oppnådde forbindelse med formelen ; ; hvor RJj er med hydroksy substituert laverealkyl, kan eksempelvis kromatografisk skilles fra beskyttet azetidinon (Via) og ved fornyet omsetning med middelet med formelen R'-X^som innfører hydroksy beskyttelsesgrupper R<1>, overføres til azetidinon med formelen (Via). ;I forbindelsene med formlene (II), (II'), (III), (IV), (VII) til(IX) og (XII) til (XIV) kan en beskyttet karboksylgruppe R2ved hjelp av i og for seg kjente metoder forvandles til en annen beskyttet karboksylgruppe R^, hvorved under hensyn-tagend til ytterligere funksjonelle grupper som eventuelt kan inneholdes i disse forbindelser, kommer de samme metoder til anvendelse som er angitt for forvandling av disse substituentene i forbindelsene med formelen (I). ;Oppfinnelsen vedrører likeledes nye utgangsprodukter som såvel som ifølge fremgangsmåten oppnåelige nye mellomprodukter, som de med formlene (II) til (IX) (inklusive II<1>, Ila og Via), såvel som de angitte fremgangsmåter for fremstilling av disse. ;Fortrinnsvis anvendes slike utgangsstoffer og reaksjonsbetingelsene velges slik at de forbindelser som er oppført i det foranstående som særlig foretrukne oppnås. ;Forbindelsene med formel I oppviser verdifulle farmakologiske egenskaper eller kan anvendes som mellomprodukter for fremstilling av slike forbindelser med verdifulle farmakologiske egenskaper. Forbindelsene med formel I, hvor R. er med hydroksy substituert laverealkyl, R2betyr karboksyl eller en under fysiologiske betingelser spalt- ;bar forestret karboksylgruppe og R 3 og A har de under formel I angitte betydninger, og farmakologiske godtag- ;bare salter av slike forbindelser med saltdannende grupper har antibakterielle virkninger. Eksempelvis er de in vitro virksomme mot grampositive og gramhegatxve kokker, f.eks. Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus faecalis, Neisseria meningitidis og Neisseria gonorrhoeae mot enterobakterier, f.eks. ;Escherichia coli og Proteus sp., mot Haemophilus influenzae, Pseudomonas aeruginosa og anaerobier, f.eks. B acteroides sp. ;i minimale konsentrasjoner fra ca. 0,02 til ca. 64 ym.;In vivo, ved systemisk infeksjon.hus mus, f.eks. ved Staphylococcus aureaus, Escherichia coli eller Streptococcus pyogenes, gis ved subkutan eller oral applikasjon ED^Q-verdier på ca. 10 til ca. 70 mg/kg. ;De nye forbindelser kan finne anvendelse for behandling;av infeksjoner som oral eller parenteral appliserbare antibakterielle antibiotika, f.eks. i form av tilsvarende farmasøytiske preparater. ;Forbindelser med formel I, hvor minst en av de tilstedeværende funksjonelle grupper foreligger i beskyttet form, hvorved en beskyttet karboksylgruppe er forskjellig fra en fysiologisk spaltbar forestret karboksylgruppe, kan anvendes som mellomprodukter for fremstilling av de ovenfor nevnte farmakologiske virksomme forbindelsene med formel I. ;De farmakologiske forbindelsene som fremstilles ifølge foreliggende oppfinnelse, kan f.eks. anvendes for frem stilling av farmasøytiske preparater som inneholder et terapeutisk virksom mengde av aktivsubstansen, sammen eller i blanding med uorganiske eller organiske, faste eller flytende, farmasøytiske godtagbare bærerstoffer, som egner seg til å gi oralt eller parenteralt, dvs. intramuskulært, subcutant eller intraperitonalt. ;For oral tilførsel anvendes tabletter eller gelatin-kapsler, som inneholder det aktive stoffet sammen med et fortynningsmiddel, f.eks. lactose, dextrose, sucrose, mannitol, sorbitol, cellulose, og/eller glycin, og smøremidler, f.eks. kieseljod, talkum, stearinsyre eller salter derav, som magnesium- eller kalsiumstearat, og/eller polyetylenglykol. Tabletter inneholder likeledes binde-middel, f.eks. magnesium-aluminiumsilikat, stivelse, ;som mais-, hvete-, ris- eller pilrot-stivelse, gelatin, tragacant, metylcellulose, natriumkarboksymetylcellulose og/eller polyvinylpyrrolidon, og, om ønsket, sprengmidlet, f.eks. stivelser, agar, alginsyrer eller et salt derav, som natriumalginat, og/eller bruseblandinger eller adsorpsjonsmidler, fargestoffer, smaksstoffer eller søtningsmidler. ;Parenteral tilførsel egner seg i første rekke infusjons-oppløsninger, fortrinnsvis isotoniske vandige oppløsninger eller suspensjoner, hvorved disse kan fremstilles før bruk, f.eks. fra lyofiliserte preparater, som inneholder den aktive substansen alene, eller sammen med et bæremateriale, f.eks. mannit. Slike preparater kan være steri-lisert og/eller inneholder hjelpestoffer, f.eks. konser-verings-, stabiliserings-, fuktemidler og/eller emulgerings-midler, oppløselighetsformidlere, salter for regulering av det osmotiske trykk og/eller puffere. ;I foreliggende farmasøytiske preparater som om ønsket kan inneholde ytterligere farmakologiske verdifulle stoffer, fremstilles på i og for seg kjent måte, f.eks. ved hjelp av konvensjonelle blandings-, oppløsnings- eller lyo-filiseringsfremgangsmpter, og inneholder da ca. 0,1% ;til 100%, spesielt fra ca. 1% til ca. 50%, lyofilisat til 100% av aktivstoffet. ;Avhengig av arten av infeksjon og tilstanden til den infiserte organisme anvendes daglige doser av ca. ;125 mg til ca. 1,5 g for oral eller parenteral behandling av varmblodige dyr (mennesker og dyr) med ca. 70 kg vekt. ;Følgende eksempler tjener til å illustrere oppfinnelsen. Temperaturer angis i Celsiums-grader. ;I eksemplene anvendes følgende forkortelser:;DC: Tynnsjiktkromatogram;IR: Infrarødt spektrum;UV: Ultrafiolett spektrum;NMR: Kjerneresonnans spektrum;Eksperimentell del:;Eksempel 1: ( 3R, S)- 3-( tetrazol- 1- yl)- smørsyre;a) ( 3R, S)-( tetrazol- 1- yl)- smørsyre- metylester;10 g tetrazol oppløses i 50 ml crotonsyre-metylester og ;tilsettes med 10 dråper pyridin. Reaksjonsblandingen om-røres deretter 18 timer ved 90°C. Etter avkjøling tar 3 ganger i toluen og inndampes på rotasjonsfordamperen. Råproduktet renses med kolonnekromatografi (toluen/ etylacetat 1:1), (DC silikagel, toluen/etylacetat 1:1):Rf = 0,26. ;b) ( 3R, S)- 3-( tetrazol- 1- yl)- smørsyre;9,05 g (3R,S)-3-(tetrazol-1-yl)-smørsyre-metylester;blir tilsatt med 53,2 ml eddiksyre, 10,6 ml konsentrert saltsyre, og 21,3 ml vann og oppvarmes i 3 timer ved<1>tilbakeløpstemperatur. Etter avkjøling inndampes til tørrhet. Restansen inndampes 3 ganger med toluen ved vannstrålevakuum og finfordeles deretter to ganger med eter. Etter avfiltrering tørkes faststoffet med høyvakuum. ;Eksempel 2: ( 3R, S)- 3-( tetrazol- 1- yl)- smørsyreklorid;2,34 g (3R,S)-3-(tetrazol-1-yl)-smørsyre tilsettes med 1,5 ml thionylklorid og 6 dråper abs. DMF og omrøres under 1 h ved 80°C. Etter avkjøling inndampes reaksjonsblandingen på en rotasjonsfordamper, inndampes ytterligere tre ganger i nærvær av metylenklorid og tørkes ved høyvakuum. IR(CH2C12):1780 cm"<1.>;Eksempel 3: ( 3R, S)- 3-( pyrrol)- 1- yl)- smørsyreklorid;2,47 g (3R,S)-3-(pyrrol-1-yl)-smørsyre (Chem. Pharm. Bull.;30, 2586 (1982)) oppløses i 30 ml abs. metylenklorid og tilsettes med 2,6 4 ml 1-dimetylamino-1-klor-2-metylpropen. Reaksjonsblandingen omrøres 2 timer og 15 minutter ved værelsestemperatur og omsettes videre uten isolering, som beskrevet i eksempel 11. ;Eksempel 4: 2- ( ( 3S , 4R) - 3- ( tert .■ butyl- dimetylsilyloksymetyl) - ;4- trifenylmétylthio- 2- oxo- azetidin- 1 - yl)'- 2-hydroksyeddiksyre- allylester ;8,4 g (3S,4R)-3-(tert.butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-trifenyl-metylthio-azetidin-2-on og 8,23 g glyoksylsyre- ;allylester-etyl-hemiacetal i 170 ml abs. toluen tilsettes med 27 g molekylsikt (4 A) og omrøres 10 timer ved 55°C. Etter avfilt.rering og inndamping på en rotasjonsfordamper under forminsket trykk renses råproduktet ved kromatografi på silikagel. (Løpemiddel toluen/etylacetat 95:5). DC (silikagel, toluen/etylacetat 10:1): Rf= 0,37 og 0,27: IR (CH2C12): 3520, 1760, 1745 cm"<1.>;Utgangsmaterialet (3S,4R)-3-(tert.butyl-dimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-trifenylmetylthio-azetidin-2-on kan fremstilles som følgende: a) ( 3S, 5R, 6R)- 2, 2- dimetyl- 6-( tert.- buty1- dimetylsilyloksymetyl)- penam- 3- karboksylsyremetylester- 1, 1- dioksyd ;En oppløsning av 23,6 g (85 mMol) (3S,5R,6R)-2,2-dimetyl-6-hydroksymetyl-penam-3-karboksylsyremetylester-1,1-dioksyd i 50 ml dimetylformamid omrøres med 25,5 g ;(170 mMol) med tert.-butyl dimetylklorsilan og 11,5 g (170 mMol) imidazol ved værelsestemperatur under 45 minutter. Deretter avdestilleres oppløsningsmidlet ved høyvakuum og residiet opptas i etylacetat. Oppløsningen blir vasket med 1N-svovelsyre og deretter med vann, og den vandige opp-løsningen ekstraheres to ganger med etylacetat. Den organiske fasen tørkes med natriumsulfat og inndampes på ;en rotasjonsfordamper. Produktet fåes som krystallinsk masse. ;DC silikagel, toluen/acetylacetat (4:1):Rf = 0,56;IR (CH2C12) 3,4; 5,57; 5,65 ym. ;b) 2-(( 3S, 4R)- 3-( tert.- butyl- dimetylsilyloksymetyl)- 4-metylsulfonyl- 2- oxo- azetidin-1- yl)-3- metyl- 2- butensyre-metylester ;En oppløsning av 202 g (0,51 Mol) (3R,5R,6R)-2,2-dimetyl-6- ;(tert.-butyl-dimetylsilyloksymety1)-penam-3-karboksylsyre-metylester-1,1-dioksyd-1,1-dioksyd i 800 ml tetrahydrofuran, tilsettes med 9 ml DBU og omrøres 5 minutter ved værelsestemperatur. Deretter tilsettes ytterligere 95 ml DBU og omrøres 30 minutter ved værelsestemperatur. Deretter tilsetter man ved. kjøling 42,3 ml (0,68 Mol) metyljodid. Etter 3 timer reaksjonstid avfiltreres fra det utkrystalliserte DBU-hydrojodid og filtratet inndampes. Residet opptas i etylacetat og oppløsningen vaskes 11N-svovelsyre, vann og nåtriumbikarbonatoppløsning. De vandige fasene ekstraheres to ganger med etylacetat. De forenede organiske faser tørkes over natriumsulfat og oppløsningen inndampes til en tykk olje. ;DC (silikagel, toluen/etylacetat (4:1)); Rf = 0,42;IR (CH2C12) 5,63; 5,81; 6,17 ym. ;c) ( 3S, 4R)- 3- hydroksymetyl- 4- mety lsu lfonyl- az eti din- 2- on og ( 3S, 4R)- 3-( tert. butyl- dimetylsilyloksymety1)- 4- metylsulfonyl- azetidin- 2- on ;En oppløsning av 25 g (61,7 mMol) 2-((3S,4R)-3-(tert.-butyl-dimetylsily loksymety 1) -4-metylsulfony1-2-oxo-azetidin-1-yl)-3-metyl-2-butensyre-metylester i 400 ml metylenklorid behandles ved -10°C med en ozon/oksygenblanding. For-svinningen av utgangsmaterialet kontrolleres ved tykksjikts-kromatografi. Etter reaksjonsslutt tilsettes 30 ml dimetylsulfid og omrøres ytterligere 3 timer ved værelsestemperatur. Oppløsningen inndampes og residiet opptas i en blanding ;av 160 ml metanol, 2 4 ml etylacetat og 3 ml vann og oppvarmes 40 minutter ve 70°C. Oppløsningsmiddelet avtrekkes deretter og residiet uttrekkes to ganger med toluen. Den krystal-liserende oljen opptas i metylenklorid og krystallene, bestående av (3S,4R)-3-hydroksymetyl-4-metylsulfony1-azetidin-2-on, isoleres ved filtrering. Filtratet inndampes ;og man får (3S,4R)-3-(tert.-butyl-dimetylsilyloksymety1)-4-metylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-on ved kromatografi på ;silikagel med toluen/etylacetat (3:1) i ren form: ;( 3S, 4R)- 3- hydroksymetyl- 4- metylsulfonyl- azetidin- 2- on:;DC, silikagel, toluen/etylacetat (1:1; Rf = 0,36, IR: (CH2C12) 2,96; 3,54; 5,61 ym. ;( 3S, 4R)- 3-( tert.- butyl- dimetylsilyloksymety1)- 4- metyl-sulf onyl- azetidin- 2- on: DC, silikagel, toluen/etylacetat (1:1) Rf = 0,06. ;En oppløsning av 14,6 g (81,5 mMol) (3S,4R)-3-hydroksy-'metyl-4-metylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-on i 40 ml dimetylformamid tilsettes med 24 g (183 mMol) tert.-butyldimetylklorsilan og 11 g (T63 mMol) imidazol under 45 minutter ved værelsestemperatur. Deretter uttrekkes oppløsningsmiddelet ved høyvakuum og residiet opptas i etylacetat. Den organiske fasen vaskes i rekkefølgen medlN-svovelsyre, vann og natriumbikarbonatløsning. De vandige fasene ekstraheres to ganger med etylacetat. De forenede organiske faser tørkes over natriumsulfat og inndampes på en rotasjonsfordamper. Det krystallinet residium er rent (3S,4R)-3-(tert.-butyl-dimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-metylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-on). ;d) ( 3S, 4R)- 3-( tert.- butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)- 4-trifenylmetylthio- azetidin- 2- on ;12,5 g trifenylmetylmerkaptan suspenderes i 70 ml metanol ved 0°C og tilsettes under 10 minutter porsjons- ;vis med tilsammen 2,2 g av en 50%-ig natriumhydrid-suspensjon i olje. Deretter tildryppes en emulsjon av 11,1 g (3-(tert.butyl-dimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-metylsulfony1-azetidin-2-on i 70 ml aceton og 70 ml vann under 30 minutter. ;Etter 30 minutters omrøring ved 0°C og 1 time ved værelsestemperatur inndampes reaksjonsblandingen på en rotasjonsfordamper, tilsettes med metylenklorid og den vandige fasen fraskilles. Den organiske oppløsningen vaskes med saltoppløsning og tørkes over natriumsulfat. ;Etter inndamping renses den råe tittelforbindelse ved kromatografi på silikagel (løpemiddel toluen/eddikester 19:1). ;DC (toluen eddikester 19:1): Rf = 0,64; ;IR (metylenklorid): 3390, 1760, 1117, 835 cm<-1>.;Eksempel 5: 2-(( 3S, 4R)- 3-( tert. butyl- dimetylsilyloksymetyl- 4-trifenylmetylthio- 2- oxo- azetidin- 1- yl)-2-trifenylfosforanyliden- eddiksyre- allylester ;Til en oppløsning av 604 mg 2-((3S,4R)-3-(tert.butyl-dimetyl-sily loksymetyl=-4-trifenylmetylthio-2-oxo-azetidin-1-yl)-2-hydroksyeddiksyre-allylester i 5 ml tetrahydrofuran tilsettes etter omrøring ved -15°C i rekkefølge 80 yl thionylklorid og 88 yl pyridin iløpet av 5 minutter. ;Den hvite suspensjon etterrøres 1 time ved -10°C og;filtreres over "Hyflo". Etter vasking av residiet med toluen inndampes på en rotasjonsfordamper. Residiet oppløses i 3 ml dioksan, tilsettes med 293 mg trifenylfosfin og 0,13 ml 2,6-lutidin og omrøres under 2 timer ved en basisk temperatur av 115°C. Blandingen filtreres over "Hyflo" ;og residiet ettervaskes med toluen. De forenede filtrater inndampes. Kromatografi av residiet på silikagel ga det rene produkt (løpemiddel toluen/etylacetat 95:5). ;DC (silikagel, toluen/etylacetat 1:1): Rf = 0,18; ;IR (CH2C12): 1745, 1605 cm"<1>. ;Eksempel 6: Sølvsalt av 2-(( 3S, 4R)- 3-( tert. butyl- dimetyl-sily loksymetyl)- 4- merkapto- 2- oxo- azetidin-1- yl)- 2- trifenylfosforanyliden- eddiksyre-allylester ;7,5 g (2-(3S,4R)-3-tert.butyl-dimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-trifenylmetylthio-2-oxo-azetidin-1-yl)-2-trifenylfosfor-anylideneddiksyre-allylester oppløses i 87 ml eter og tilsettes ved værelsestemperatur med 70 ml av en 0,5 M vandig sølvnitrat-oppløsning. Deretter tilsetter man dråpevis en blanding av 3,,6 ml tributylamin, 0,18 ml trifluoreddiksyre og 25 ml eter til denne og etterrører reaksjonsblandingen under 20 minutter. Deretter avsuges faststoffet og vaskes med eter, vann og ennå en gang med eter. Faststoffet blir tilslutt for rensing ytterligere slemmet i 40 ml eter og 40 ml vann, avsuget og tørket. ;IR (CH2C12): 1760, 1620 cm"<1>. ;Eksempel 7: 2 - ( ( 3R, 4R)- 3-( tert. butyl- dimetylsilyloksymetyl) - 4-(( 3R, S)- 3-( tetrazol- 1- yl)- butyroyl-thio)- 2- oxo- azetidin- 1- yl) 2- trifenylfosfor-anylideneddiksyre- allylester 5 g sølvsalt av 2.((3S,4R)-3-(tert.butyl-dimetylsilyloksymetyl) -4-merkapto-2-oxo-azetidin-1-yl)-2-trifenyl-fosforanylideneddiksyre-2-allylestere oppløses i 100 ml absolutt metylenklorid, kjøles til 0°C, tilsettes med 85 mg 4-dimetylaminopyridin og 1,23 ml pyridin. Etter tilsetning av en 1,9 g 3-(tetrazol-1-yl)-smørsyreklorid omrøres reaksjonsblandingen i 30 minutter ved 0°C. Bunnfallet avfiltreres, filtratet fortynnes med metylenklorid, vaskes med vandig Na^CO-^oppløsning og deretter med saltoppløsning. Etter tørking overNa2<S0>4<i>nndampes oppløsningen og residiet kromatograferes på silikagel (løpemiddel toluen/etylacetat). ;DC (silikagel, toluen/etylacetat 1:1): Rf = 0,18; ;IR (CH2C12): 1750, 1680, 1610 cm"<1>. ;Eksempel 8: ( 5R, 6S)-2-(( 2R, S)- 2-( tetrazol- 1- yl)- prop- 1-yl)- 6-( tert. butyl- dimetylsilyloksymetyl)- 2-penem- 3- karboksylsyre- allylester ;En oppløsning av 3,4 g 2-((3S,4R)-3-(tert.butyl-dimetylsilyloksymetyl) -4-((3R,S)-3-tetrazol-1-yl)-butyloylthio=-2-bxo-azetidin-1-yl)-2-trifenhlfosforany-lideneddiksyre-allylester i 500 ml absolutt toluen, omrøres under argonatmosfære i 2 timer ved tilbakeløpstemperatur. Deretter inndampes oppløsningsmiddelet og råproduktet renses ved kromatografi på silikagel (løpemiddel toluen/etylacetat) 9:1). ;DC (silikagel, etylacetat) ; Rf = 0,55; ;IR (CH2C12): 1780, 1695, 1575 cm"<1.>;Eksempel 9: ( 5R, 6S)- 2-(( 2R, S)- 2- tetrazol- 1- yl)- prop- 1-yl)- 6- hydroksy, etyl^- penem- S- karboksylsyreallylester ;En oppløsning av 1,5 g (5R,6S)-2-((2R,S)-2-(tetrazol-1-yl)-6-(tert.butyl-dimetylsilyloksymetyl)-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre-allylester oppløses i 32 ml abs. THF avkjøles til -70°C og tilsettes i rekkefølge med 1,31 ml eddiksyre og dråpevis i løpet av 15 minutter med 70 ml av en 0,2 M tetrabutylammoniumfluorid-oppløsning i THF. Kjølebadet fjernes deretter og reaksjonsblandingen bringes langsomt til værelsestemperatur. Etter 5 timers omrøring ved værelsestemperatur konsentreres reaksjonsblandingen på en rotasjonsfordamper og opptar i etylacetat og vandig NaHCO^. ;Den organiske fasen fraskilles, vaskes med en saltoppløsning og tørkes over Na2SO^og inndampes. Råproduktet renses ved kromatografi på silikagel (løpemiddel toluen/acetylacetat 4:1 til 1:1). ;DC (silikagel, etylacetat): Rf = 0,22; ;IR (CH2C12): 3600, 1780, 1695, 1575 cm"<1.>;Eksempel 10: ( 5R, 6S)- 1-(( 2R, S)- 2-( tetrazol)- 1- yl)-p rop- 1- yl)- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2- penem- 3-karboksylsyre, natriumsalt ;o ;0,85 g (5R,6S)-2-((2R,S)-(tetrazol-1-yl)-prop-1-yl)-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre-allylester oppløses i 32 ml abs. THF, avkjøles til -10°C og tilsettes med 53 mg tetrakis-trifenylphosphin-palladium og 9,75 ml tributyltinnhydrid. Etter 65 minutters omrøring ved -10°C tilsettes 0,16 ml eddiksyre og reaksjonsblandingen omrøres videre i 10 minutter ved -5°C. Etter konsentrering på en rotasjonsfordamper opptar residiet i vann/etylacetat, avkjøles og innstilles på pH 7,5 med NaHCO^. Den vandige vasen fraskilles, vaskes 2 ganger med etylacetat, konsentreres på en rotasjonsfordamper og renses på en XAD-2 kolonne. (Løpemiddel: vann). De forenede fraksjoner lyofiliseres under høyvakuum. ;DC (reversed-fase opti UPC 12, vann): Rf = 0,3; ;UV (fosfatbuffer pH 7,4): X max. = 304 nm.;Eksempel 11: 2-(( 3S, 4R)- 3-( tert. buty ldi metylsilyloksymetyl)-4-(( 3R, S)- 3-( pyrrol- 1- yl))- butyloylthio)- 2-oxo- azetidin- 1- yl)- 2- trifenylfosforanyliden-eddiksyre- allylester ;Analogt eksempel 7 omsettes 5 g sølvsalt av 2-((3S,4R)-3-(tert.butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-merkapto-2-oxo-azetidin-1-yl)-2-trifenylfosforanyliden-eddiksyre.2.allylesteren og 1,5 molekvivalent 3-(pyrrol-1-yl)-smørsyreklorid til tittelforbindelsen. ;DC (silikagel, etylacetat): Rf = 0,62; ;IR (CH2C12): 1750, 1680, 1625 cm"<1.>;Eksempel 12: ( 5R, 6S)- 2-(( 2R, S)- 2-( pyrrol- 1- yl)- 6-( tert.-butyl- dimetylsilyloksymetyl)- 2- penem- 3-karboksylsyreallylester ;Analogt med eksempel 8 overføres 3,86 g (2-((3S,4R)-3-(tert.butyl-dimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-((3R,S)-3-(pyrrol-1-yl)-butyroylthio)-2-oxo-azetidin-1-yl)-2-trifenylfosforanylid-eddiksyre-allylester til tittelforbindelsen. ;DC (silikagel, toluen/etylacetat 1:1): Rf = 0,7; ;IR (CH2C12): 1780, 1700, 1575 cm"<1>. ;Eksempel 13: ( 5R, 6S)- 2-(( 2R, S)- 2-( pyrrol- 1- yl)- prop- 1- yl)- 6-hydroksymetyl- 2- penem- 3- karboksylsyre- allylester ;Analogt med eksempel 9 overføres 1,5 g (5R,6S)-2-((2R,S)-2-(pyrrol-1-yl)-prop-1-yl)6-[tert.butyl-dimetylsilyloksymetyl )-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre-allylester til tittelforbindelsen. ;DC (silikagel, toluen/etylacetat 1:1): Rf = 0,35; ;IR (CH2C12): 3600, 1780, 1695, 1575 c-"1 . ;Eksempel 14; ( 5R, 6S)- 2-((2R,S)-2-( pyrrol- 1- yl)- prop- 1- yl)-6- hydroksymetyl- 2- penem- 3- karboksylsyre, natriumsalt ;Analogt eksempel 10 overføres 1 g (5R,6S)-2-((2R,S)-2-pyrrol-1-yl)-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre til til tittelforbindelsen. ;DC (refersed fase; opti UTC 12, vann-acetonitril 4:1) Rf = 0,38; ;UV (vann): X max. = 30 8 nm.;Eksempel 15: ( 3R, S)- 3-( tetrazol- 1- yl)- thiosmørsyre;2 g (3R,S)-3-(tetrazol-1-yl)-smørsyreklorid i 4 ml abs. metylenklorid blir.-ved 0°C tilsatt til et overskudd av en pyridin/svovelhydrogen-oppløsning i metylenklorid. Reaksjonsblandingen omrøres 1 time ved 0°C, fortynnes med kloroform og stilles sur med 2N svovelsyre. Den vandige oppløsning ekstraheres på nytt to ganger med kloroform. ;De forenede organiske faser ekstraheres med vandig, NaHC02-oppløsning. Etter syregjøring av ekstraktene med H2S04(2N) og flere ganger vasking med kloroform, tørkes ;den organiske oppløsning over Na-^SO^og inndampes til tørr-het. Man får tittelforbindelsen. ;IR (CH2C12): 2560, 1695 cm"<1>. ;Eksempel 16: ( 3S, 4R)- 3-( tert. butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)- 4-(( 3R, S)- 3- tetrazol- 1- yl)- butyroylthio)-azetidin- 2- on ;8,2 g (3S,4R)-3-(tert.butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-metylsulfonylazetidin-2-on og ;,6 , 7 g (3R,S)-3-(tetrazol-1.yl)-thiosmørsyre oppløses i 180 ml metylenklorid og tilsettes med 180 ml vann og 42 ml 1N NaOH. Emulsjonen omrøres kraftig i 1i time, ved værelsestemperatur. Den organiske fasen fraskilles og den vandige fasen ekstraheres ytterligere 2 ganger med CH2C12. De forenede organiske ekstrakter vaskes med en mettet vandig NaHCO^-oppløsning, deretter med en saltoppløsning, tørkes over Na2S04og inndampes. Det dannede råprodukt renses ved kromatografi på kiselgel. ;IR (CH2C12): 3425, 1765, 1685 cm"<1>. ;Fremstillingen av utgangsmaterialet (3S,4R)-3-(tert.-butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-metylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-on ;er beskrevet i eksemplet 4.;Eksempel. 1 7 : 2- ( ( 3S, 4R) - 3- ( tert . butyl- dimetylsilyloksymetyl)--4-(( 3R, S)- 3-( tetrazol- 1- yl)- butyroylthio)- 2- oxo-azetidin- 1- yl)- 2- hydroksyeddiksyre- allylester ;Analogt eksempel 4 omsettes 8,1 g ((3S,4R)-3-(tert.butyl-dimetylsilyloksymetyl) -4-((3R,S)-3-(tetrazol-1-yl)-butyroyl-thio) -azetidin-2-on til tittelforbindelsen. ;IR (CH2C12): 3515, 1760, 1745, 1685 cm"<1.>;Eksempel 18: 2-(( 3S, 4R)- 3-( tert. butyl- dimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-(( 3R, S)- 3-( tetrazol- 1- yl)- butyroylthio)- 2- oxo-azetidin- 1- yl)- 2- trifenylfosforanylidenéddiksyre-allylester ;Analogt eksempel 5 omsettes 7,43 g 2-((3S,4R)-3-(tert.butyl-dimetylsilyloksymetyl) -4- ((3R,S)-3-(tetrazol-1-yl)-butyroyl-thio) -2-oxo-azetidin-1-yl)-2-hydroksyeddiksyre-allylester til tittelforbindelsen. ;DC (silikagel, toluen/etylacetat 1:1): Rf = 0,18; ;IR (CH2C12): 1750, 1680, 1610 cm"<1>. ;Produktet er identisk med det fra eksempel 7.;Eksempel 19: På analog måte som beskrevet i de ovenfor;angitte eksempler får man de følgende forbindelser: ;( 5R, 6S)- 2-(( 2R, S)- 2-( tetrazol- 1- yl)- but- 1- yl)- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2-penem. 3- karboksyisyre, natriumsalt, UV vann: X maks.= 306 nm; ( 5R, 6S)- 2-(( 2R, S)- 2-( 1, 2, 4- triazol- 1- yl)- prop- 1- yl)- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2- penem- 3- karboksylsyre , natriumsalt, UV (fosf atbuf fer pH 7,4). ^ max_ = 303 nm; ( 5R, 6S)- 2-(( 2R, S)- 2-( 5- amino- tetrazol- 1- yl)- pro p-1- yl)-6- hydroksymetyl- 2- penem- 3- karboksylsure, UV :(vann) : X max. = 30b nm; ;( 5R, 6S) . 2. ( ( 2R, S)- 2-( imidazol- 1- yl)- prop- 1- yl)- 6-hydroksymetyl- 2- penem- 3- karboksylsyre, natriumsalt, ;UV (vann): X max. = 308 nm; ;( 5R, 6S)- 2-(( 2R, S)- 2-( pyrazol- 1- yl)- prop- 1- yl)- 6- hydroksymetyl-2- penem- 3- karboksylsyre, natriumsalt, UV {vann): Xmax = ;309 nm; ;( 5R, 6S)- 2-(( 1R, S)- 1-( tetrazol- 1- yl)- etyl)- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2-penem- 3- karboksylsyre og natriumsalt, UV (fosfatbuffer pH 7,4): X maks.=305 nm; ;( 5R, 6S)- 2-( 2R, S)- 2-( tetrazol- 1- yl)- prop- 1- yl)- 6-(( 1R)-hydroksyetyl)- 2- penem- 3- karboksylsyre, natriumsalt, UV (vann): X maks.= 306 nm; ;og ;( 5R, 6S)- 2-(( 2R, S)- 2-( tetrazol- 1- y1)- prop- 1- yl)- 6-( 2-hydroksy- prop- 2- yl)- 2- penem- 3- ka rboksylsyre, natriumsalt, ;UV (vann): X maks. = 30 7 nm.;Eksempel 20. : ( 5R, 6S) - 2- ( ( 2R, S) - 2- ( tetrazol- 1- yl) - prop-1- yl) 6- hydroksymetyl- 2- penem- 3- karboksylsyre-1- etoksykarbonyloksyetylester ;1,2 g natriumjodid oppløses i 3,7 ml aceton og tilsettes med 0,275 ml etyl-1-kloretylkarbonat. Blandingen omrøres deretter i værelsestemperatur i 3 timer. Deretter tildryppes oppløsningen på 15,0 ml metylenklorid og frafiltreres fra de utfelte uorganiske salter. Metylenkloridoppløsningen ;inndampes til 2 ml og tilsettes ved 0°C til en oppløsning av 0,332 g (1 mMol) (5R,6S)-2-((2R,S)-2-(tetrazol-1-yl)-prop-1-yl)-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre i 4 ml dimetylacetamid. Deretter omrøres 3 timer ved O^C, hvorpå fortynnes med acetylacetat og vaskes tre ganger med vann. ;De organisxe faser tørkes over natriumsulfat og inndampes;på en rotasjonsfordamper. Råproduktet renses på 10 g silikagel med løpemidlet etylacetat. Man får tittelforbindelsen som hvitt skum. IR-spektrum (metylenklorid): -1 ;absorpsjonsbpnd ved 1788 og 17 40 cm;Eksempel 21: På analog måte som beskrevet i eksempel 20, får man utgående fra (5R,6S)-2-((2R,S)-2-(pyrrol-1-yl)-prop-1-yl)-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre ( 5R, 6S)- 2-(( 2R, 6S)- 2-( pyrrol- 1- yl)- prop- 1- yl)- 6-hydroksymetyi- 2- penem- 3- karboksylsyren- 1- etoksykarboksyl-etylesteren. ;_i ;IR spektrum (metylenklorid): 1786 og 1743 cm;Eksempel 22: ( 5R, 6S)- 2-(( 2R, S)- 2-( tetrazol- 1- yl)- prop- 1-yl)- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2- penem- 3- karboksylsyre-pivaloyloksymetylester ;0,6 g natriumjodid oppløses i 2 ml aceton og tilsettes med 0,15 ml pivalinsyreklormetylester. Blandingen omrøres ved værelsestemperatur i 3 timer og tildryppes deretter på ;7,5 ml metylenklorid. De utfelte uorganiske salter avfil-<*>treres. Metylenkloridoppløsningen inndampes til 1 ml og tilsettes til en oppløsning av 0,133 g (0,4 mMol) (5R,6S)-2-((2R,S)-2-(tetrazol-1-yl)-prop-1-yl)-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre og 0,07 ml diisopropyletylamin i 4 ml N,N-dimetylacetamid ved 0°C. Deretter omrøres 3 timer ved 0°C, hvorpå fortynnes med etylacetat og vaskes tre ganger med vann. Den organiske fasen tørkes over natriumsulfat og inndampes på en rotasjonsfordamper. Råproduktet renses på 10 g silikagel med løpemidlet etylacetat. Man får An α-hydroxycarboxylic acid compound of the formula VIII is obtained by putting a compound of the formula V with a glyoxylic acid compound of the formula OHC-R^ or a suitable derivative thereof, such as a hydrate, hemihydrate or hemiacetal* e.g. a hemiacetal with a lower alkanol, e.g. methanol or ethanol, and, if desired, in a formed compound of formula VII, when the radical is substituted with a hydroxy, transfers hydroxy in protected hydroxy. The compound VII is usually obtained as a mixture of the two isomers, (with regard to the grouping; But one can also isolate the pure isomers thereof. ;The addition of the glyoxylic acid ester compound to the nitrogen atom in the lactam ring takes place at room temperature or, if necessary, under heating, e.g. up to about 100°C, and that in the absence of an actual condensing agent and/or without the formation of a salt. When using the hydrate of the glyoxylic acid compound, water is formed, which is, if necessary, removed by distillation , for example azetropic distillation or using a suitable dehydrating agent, such as a molecular sieve. Preferably, one works in the presence of a suitable solvent, such as dioxane, toluene or dimethylformamide, or solvent mixture, if desired or necessary in an inert gas atmosphere, such as nitrogen. In the reaction, both pure optically inactive cis- or trans-compounds of formula V can be used, as well as mixtures thereof, or equivalent optically active compounds. An obtained raceme of formula VII can be divided into the optically active compounds. ;Step 1. 3; Compounds with the formula VIII, where X o stands for a reactive esterified hydroxy group, especially for halogen or organic sulfonyloxy, are prepared by converting the secondary hydroxy group in a compound with the formula VII into a reactive, esterified hydroxy group, especially in halogen, f .ex. chlorine or bromine, or in an organic sulfonyloxy group, such as lower alkanesulfonyloxy, e.g. methanesulfonyloxy, or arenesulfonyloxy, e.g. benzene- or 4-methyl-;benzenesulfonyloxy. In the starting compounds of formula VII, R 1 preferably stands for lower alkyl which is substituted with a protected hydroxy group. ;The compounds of formula VIII can be obtained in the form of mixtures of the isomers (with regard to the<g>grouping ; ; or in the form of pure isomers. ;The above reaction is carried out by treatment with;a suitable esterification agent, e.g. with a thionyl halide, e.g. -chloride, a phosphorus oxyhalide, especially -chloride, a halophosphonium halide, such as triphenylphosphonium dibromide or -diiodide, or a suitable organic sulfonic acid halide, such as -chloride, preferably in the presence of a base, primarily a organic basic agent, such as an aliphatic tertiary amine, eg triethylamine, diisopropylamine or "polystyrene honey base", or a heterocyclic base of the pyridine type, eg pyridine or collidine. Preferably, one works in the presence of a suitable solvent agent, e.g. dioxane, or tetrahydrofuran, or a solvent mixture, if necessary under cooling and/or in an inert gas atmosphere, such as nitrogen. ;In such an obtainable compound of formula VIII, a reactive esterified hydroxy group X is transformed in a manner known per se into another reactive esterified hydroxy group. Thus, one can e.g. replace a chlorine atom with a bromine or iodine atom, by treating the corresponding chlorine compound with a suitable bromide or iodide salt, as well as lithium bromide or iodide, preferably in the presence of a suitable solvent, such as ether. Thus, in the reaction, pure optically inactive cis- or trans-compounds of the formula VII as well as mixtures thereof, or corresponding optically active compounds can be used. An obtained racemate of the formula VIII can be divided into optically active compounds. ;Step 1. 4:;The starting material with the formula II' is obtained by treating a compound with the formula VIII, where XQ stands for a reactive esterified hydroxy group, with a suitable phosphine compound, such as a trilower alkylphosphine, e.g. tri-n-butyl phosphine, or a triaryl phosphine, e.g. triphenylphosphine, or treat with a suitable phosphite compound, e.g. trilower alkyl phosphite, e.g. triethyl phosphite, or an alkali metal dilute alkyl phosphite, e.g. -diethyl phosphite. The above reaction is respectively carried out in the presence of a suitable inert solvent, such as a hydrocarbon, e.g. hexane, cyclohexane, benzene, toluene or xylol; or an ether, e.g. dioxane, tetrahydrofuran or diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, or a solvent mixture. ;Depending on the reactivity, one works under cooling or at an elevated temperature, approx. between -10°C and +100°C, preferably at approx. 20°C to 80°C, and/or in an inert gas atmosphere, such as nitrogen. To prevent oxidation processes, catalytic amounts of an antioxidant can be added, e.g. hydroquinone. Thereby, work is carried out using a phosphine compound, usually in the presence of a basic agent, such as an organic base, e.g. an amine, such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine or "polystyrene hinig base", and then goes directly to the ylide starting material of formula II (respectively;II') which is formed from the corresponding phosphonium salt. A starting compound of formula II, where X is a phosphono group together with a cation, is preferably prepared in situ, by treating a formed compound of formula; ; where X' means a phosphono group, with a suitable basic reagent, such as an inorganic base, e.g. an alkali metal carbonate, such as sodium or potassium carbonate, or an organic base, such as a tri-lower alkylamine, e.g. triethylamine, or a cyclic base of the amidine type, such as a corresponding diazabicycloalkene compound, e.g. 1,5-diazabicyclo(5.4.0) undec-5-ene. In the reaction, both pure, optically inactive cis- or trans-compounds of the formula VIII, as well as mixtures thereof, or corresponding optically active compounds can be used. A formed racemate of the formula II<1> can be cleaved into the optically active compounds. ;Step 1. 4a:;A starting compound of the formula II', where Z<1> stands for oxo, can further be obtained when a mercaptide of the formula IX, in which M stands for a metal cation, is treated with an acylating agent introducing the residue R^- A-C (=0) -. In the starting material with the formula IX, the metal cation M is, for example, a cation with the formula M<+> or M +/2, whereby M + in particular stands for a silver cation and M 2 + in particular stands for the divalent cation of a suitable transition metal, f .ex. copper, lead or mercury. An acylating agent which introduces the residue R^-A-C(=0)- is; e.g. the acid R^-A-000H or a reactive functional derivative thereof, such as an acid halide, e.g. chloride or bromide, azide or anhydride thereof. The acylation takes place when the free acid with the formula R^-A-COOH is used, e.g. in the presence of a suitable water-extracting agent, such as a carbodiimide, e.g., N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, or when an acid derivative is used in the presence of a suitable acid-binding agent, such as a tertiary aliphatic or aromatic base, e.g. triethylamine, pyridine or quinoline, in an inert solvent such as a chlorinated hydrocarbon, e.g. methylene chloride, or an ether, e.g. diethyl ether or dioxane, at room temperature or during heating or cooling, e.g. in a temperature range from approx. -50°C to approx. +60°C, especially at approx. -30°C to approx. +20°C. The starting compounds with the formula IX can, for example, be prepared by transferring an azetidinone with the formula; by reaction with an alkali metal salt, e.g. sodium salt, a thiolavealkanecarboxylic acid, e.g. thioacetic acid, or triphenylmethylmercaptans in a compound with the formula where W<1> means triphenylmethylthio or lower alkanoylthio, e.g. acetylthio, transfer this compound analogously to the methods described in reaction step 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4, to a compound with the formula; and converting this in the presence of a base, e.g. pyridine or tri-n-butylamine, in a suitable solvent, e.g. diethyl ether or methanol, with a salt of the formula MA where M has the meaning stated above, but specifically stands for a silver cation, and A means a common anion, which favors the solubility of salts MA in the chosen solvent, e.g. nitrate, acetate or fluoride anion. ;Compounds of the formula (II<1>) where stands for a reactive esterified hydroxy group, can be transferred in a reaction with an agent that introduces azahetero-cyclyl radical R^, in compounds of the formula (II'), where R^ stands for the residue R ^, whereby, for example, the reaction condition specified in method variant c) is used. The ylides of the formula II', where Z' is oxygen or sulphur, can be used directly in the cyclization reaction to produce the final product of the formula I. But you can also in compounds of the formula II', where R contains a protected hydroxy group, e.g. e.g. a hydrolytically easily cleavable protected hydroxy group, such as trisubstituted silyloxy as substituents, first cleave the hydroxy protecting group and then use the formed compound of the formula II', where R^ is hydroxy substituted lower alkyl, in the ring closure reaction. In compounds II', V, VII and VIII, an optionally substituted methylidene group Z' can be transferred into the oxo group Z by ozonization and subsequent reduction of the ozonide formed, according to the method described later in step 2.3. ;Step 1. 5:;The starting compound with formula (IV) is obtained by ring-closing a ylide with the formula (II<1>), where Z' means oxygen or sulfur and R^ stands for a reactive esterified hydroxy group Q, and optionally transfers a protected carboxyl group R 1 in the free carboxyl group R 2 in an obtainable compound. The ring closure can, for example, be carried out as described in the preparation of compounds of formula (I) from ylides of formula (II) (method a.). The transfer of a protected carboxyl group R£ into a free carboxyl group R2 in an obtainable compound of formula IV can be carried out in an analogous manner to that described above regarding the compounds of formula I. Step 1. 6: A compound of formula (III) is obtained by an azetidinone of the formula (V), where Z<1> means sulphur, is treated with a compound of the formula R^-COOH or in particular a reactive derivative, such as an acid halide, e.g. the acid chloride thereof, at a temperature of from 20°C to 80°C, preferably at 40°C to 60°C, in an inert solvent such as one of the solvents mentioned in the reaction of compounds of formula III, to compounds of formula I. When using an acid halide, one preferably works in the presence of an acid binding agent, such as a tertiary aliphatic amine, e.g. triethylamine, an aromatic amine, e.g. pyridine, or especially in the presence of an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal carbonate or hydrogen carbonate, e.g. potassium carbonate or calcium carbonate. Starting compounds of formula VI, where W is a sulfonyl residue of formula R -SO2- can also be prepared according to the following reaction scheme II. ;Reaction scheme II; ; ; In the compounds of the formulas (XI) to (XIV) and (Via) R 1 stands for hydroxy substituted lower alkyl or stands in particular for the protected hydroxy group substituted lower alkyl. ;Step 2. 1; Compounds of the formula (XII) can be prepared by epimerizing a compound of the formula (XI). The epimerization is carried out, for example, in the presence of a basic agent, such as an amine, e.g. a tri-lower alkylamine, e.g. triethylamine or ethyldiisopropylamine, a tertiary amine, e.g. N,N-dimethylaniline, an aromatic amine, e.g. pyridine, or a bicyclic amine, e.g. 1,5-diazabicyclo(5,4,0)undec-5-ene, or 1,5-diazabicyclo(4,3,0)non-5-ene, or an alkali metal javeral alkanolates, e.g. sodium methanolate, sodium ethanolate, or potassium tert.-butanolate, in an inert solvent, for example an ether, e.g. diethyl ether, dimethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, acetonitrile or dimethylformamide, possibly with a somewhat elevated or lowered temperature, e.g. at 0°C to 50°C, preferably at room temperature. In the compounds with the formula (XII) formed by the method, a protected hydroxy group contained in the residue can be replaced with another protected hydroxy group, for example a hydrogenolytically cleavable protected hydroxy group can be replaced with a solvolytically cleavable protected hydroxy group. Hydroxy protecting groups are in particular the above-mentioned, hydrogenolytically cleavable protecting groups are, for example, as indicated substituted 1-phenyllower alkyl or phenyllower oxycarbonyl, solvolytically cleavable protecting groups are, for example, as indicated trisubstituted silyl. The reaction can be carried out so that the hydrogenolytically cleavable hydroxy protecting group is first removed and a solvolytically cleavable hydroxy protecting group is introduced into the resulting compound of formula XII, where R is with hydroxy substituted lower alkyl. The cleavage of the hydrogenolytically cleavable protecting group can be carried out e.g. with a hydrogen or a hydrogen donor, e.g. cyclohexene or cyclohexadiene, in the presence of a hydrogenation catalyst, such as a palladium catalyst, e.g. palladium on charcoal, in an inert solvent, such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, e.g. methylene chloride, a lower alkanol, e.g. methanol or ethanol, an ether, e.g. dioxane or tetrahydrofuran, or also in water or in mixtures thereof, at a temperature from approx. 0°C to approx. 80°C, preferably at room temperature. The separation can also be carried out with a reducing metal, such as zinc, or a reducing metal alloy, e.g. copper-zinc alloy, in the presence of a proton donor, such as an organic acid, e.g. acetic acid, or also a lower alkanol, e.g. ethanol. The introduction of the solvolytically cleavable hydroxy protecting group can, for example, be carried out with a compound of formula R'-X.j, where R' means hydroxy protecting group, and X^means e.g. a reactive esterified hydroxy group, for example halogen, e.g. chlorine, bromine or iodine, or sulfonyloxy, such as methanesulfonyloxy, benzenesulfonyloxy or 4-toluenesulfonyloxy. Starting compounds with formula (XI) are known, for example, from DE Off. document 3 039 504 and British patent application 20 61 930. ;Step 2. 2:;A compound of the formula (XIII) can be prepared by treating a penam compound of the formula (XII) with a basic agent and with an esterification agent which introduces the remainder R . A suitable basic agent is, for example, one of the basic agents mentioned under step 2.1, especially of the mentioned bicyclic amines, also an alkali metal amide or hydride, e.g. sodium amide or sodium hydride. A residue RQ is, for example, one of the organic residues mentioned under step 1.1, especially optionally substituted lower alkyl, e.g. methyl, ethyl or 2-hydroxyethyl or benzyl. ;An esterification agent introduces the residue RQer e.g. a compound with the formula RQ-X^, where X^ is reactive esterified hydroxy, e.g. halogen, such as chlorine, bromine or iodine, or sulfonyloxy, such as methanesulfonyloxy, benzenesulfonyloxy or 4-toluenesulfonyloxy. Ethylene oxide is also suitable for introducing a 2-hydroxyethyl residue. The reaction is preferably carried out in two steps, whereby in the first step penam compounds of the formula (XII) are treated with at least equimolar amounts of the basic agent and a formed intermediate is reacted with the formula; ; where B means the protonated form (cation) of the basic agent, preferably without isolation from the reaction mixture with the esterification agent. The reaction is carried out in an inert solvent, for example an ether, e.g. diethyl ether, dimethoxyethane. tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, in acetonitrile, dimethylformamide or hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide, optionally at a somewhat elevated or lowered temperature, e.g. at approx. 0°C to 50°C, preferably at room temperature. In a preferred embodiment of the method, the penam compound with the formula (XII) is produced in situ, as described in step 2.1, a compound with the formula (XI) is first treated with catalytic agents of the basic agent, e.g. 1,5-diazabicyclo(5,4,0)undec-5-ene), and then reacts with at least equimolar amounts of the same basic agent and the esterifying agent in the compounds of the formula; (XIII). ;Step 2. 3; An oxalyl-azetidinone of the formula (XIV) can be prepared by ozonizing a compound of the formula (XIII) and cleaving the formed ozonide reductively to the oxo compound. The ozonation is usually carried out with an ozone-oxygen mixture in an inert solvent, such as a lower alkanol, e.g. methanol or ethanol, a lower alkanol, e.g. acetone, an optionally halogenated hydrocarbon, e.g. a halolower alkane, such as methylene chloride or carbon tetrachloride, or in a solvent mixture, including an aqueous mixture, preferably under cooling, e.g. at temperatures from approx. -80°C to approx. 0°C. An ozonide obtained as an intermediate is usually cleaved without isolation, reductively to a compound of the formula XIV, whereby catalytically activated hydrogen is used, e.g. hydrogen in the presence of a heavy metal hydrogenation catalyst, such as a nickel and further palladium catalyst, preferably on a suitable support material, such as calcium carbonate or carbon, or chemical reducing agents, such as reducing heavy metals, including heavy metal alloys or amalgam, e.g. ;zinc, in the presence of a hydrogen donor, such as an acid, e.g. acetic acid, or an alcohol, e.g. lower alkanol, reducing inorganic salts, such as alkali metal iodide, e.g. sodium iodide, or alkali metal hydrogen sulphite, e.g. sodium hydrogen sulphite in the presence of a hydrogen donor, such as an acid, e.g. acetic acid, or water, or reducing organic compounds, such as formic acid. As a reducing agent, compounds can also be used which can easily be transformed into corresponding epoxy compounds or oxides, whereby the epoxide formation can take place due to a C,C double bond and the oxide formation can take place due to a present oxide-forming hetero-, such as sulphur, phosphorus - or nitrogen atoms. Such compounds are e.g. suitably substituted ethylene compounds (which in the reaction are transformed into ethylene oxide compounds), such as tetracyanethylene, or particularly suitable sulphide compounds (which in the reaction are transformed into sulphoxide compounds), such as dilave alkyl sulphides, primarily dimethyl sulphide, suitable organic phosphorus compounds, such as a phosphine which is optionally substituted with phenyl and/or lower alkyl, e.g. methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or n-butyl, (which in reaction is transformed into a phosphine oxide), such as trilower alkyl phosphines, e.g. tri-n-butylphosphine, or triphenylphosphine, further trilower alkyl phosphite (which in the reaction is transformed into phosphoric acid trilower alkyl esters), usually in the form of corresponding alcohol adduct compounds, such as trimethyl phosphite, or phosphoric acid triamides, which likewise contain lower alkyl as a substituent, such as hexalower alkyl phosphoric acid triamide, f .ex. hexamethylphosforsyl triamide, the latter preferably being in the form of a methanol adduct, further suitable nitrogen gases (which in reaction are transformed into the corresponding N-oxides), such as heterocyclic nitrogen bases of an aromatic character, e.g. bases of the pyridine type, and especially pyridine itself. The cleavage of the usually unisolated ozonide normally takes place under conditions used for its preparation, e.g. in the presence of a suitable solvent or solvent mixture, as well as during cooling or slight heating, whereby temperatures from approx. -10°C to approx. ;+25°C and the reaction is usually terminated at room temperature. ;Step 2. 4:;Etazetidinone with the formula (Via) can be prepared by solvolyzing an oxalyl-azetidinone with the formula (XIV). The solvolysis can be carried out as hydrolysis, as alcoholysis or also as hydrazinolysis. The hydrolysis is carried out with water, possibly in a solvent which is miscible with water. The alcoholysis is usually carried out with a lower alkanol, e.g. methanol or ethanol, preferably in the presence of water and an organic solvent, such as a lower alkane carboxylic acid lower alkyl ester, e.g. acetic acid ethyl ester, preferably at room temperature, if necessary during cooling or heating, e.g. at a temperature from about. 0°C to approx. 80°C. The hydrazinolysis is carried out in a conventional manner, with a substituted hydrazine, e.g. with phenyl or a nitrophenylhydrazine, such as 2-nitrophenylhydrazine, 4-nitrogenylhydrazine, or 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine, which is preferably used in approx. equimolar amounts, in an organic solvent, such as an ether, e.g. diethyl ether, an aromatic hydrocarbon, such as benzene, a halogenated hydrocarbon, such as methylene chloride, an ester, such as ethyl acetate, and the like, at temperatures between about room temperature and approx. 65°C. In a preferred embodiment of the method, one starts from a compound with the formula (XIII) which, as indicated, is ozonized and then cleaved reductively to oxaly1-azetidinone with the formula (XIV) which, without isolation from the reaction mixture, is further converted to azetidinone with the formula (Via) . During the ozonolysis, possibly small amounts of acids are produced, which can cause the cleavage of a solvolytically easily cleavable hydroxy protecting group R<1> in the residue R^ , e.g.; a trisubstituted silyl residue. The thereby obtained connection with the formula; ; where RJj is hydroxy-substituted lower alkyl, can for example be chromatographically separated from protected azetidinone (Via) and by renewed reaction with the agent of the formula R'-X^ which introduces hydroxy protecting groups R<1>, transferred to azetidinone with the formula (Via). In the compounds with the formulas (II), (II'), (III), (IV), (VII) to (IX) and (XII) to (XIV), a protected carboxyl group R 2 can by means of methods known per se is transformed into another protected carboxyl group R^, whereby, taking into account further functional groups that may possibly be contained in these compounds, the same methods are used as indicated for the transformation of these substituents in the compounds of formula (I). The invention also relates to new starting products as well as new intermediate products obtainable according to the method, such as those with the formulas (II) to (IX) (including II<1>, Ila and Via), as well as the specified methods for producing these. Such starting materials are preferably used and the reaction conditions are chosen so that the compounds listed above as particularly preferred are obtained. The compounds of formula I exhibit valuable pharmacological properties or can be used as intermediates for the production of such compounds with valuable pharmacological properties. The compounds of formula I, where R is hydroxy-substituted lower alkyl, R 2 means carboxyl or a cleavable esterified carboxyl group under physiological conditions and R 3 and A have the meanings given under formula I, and pharmacologically acceptable salts of such compounds with salt-forming groups have antibacterial effects. For example, they are effective in vitro against gram-positive and gram-negative cocci, e.g. Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus faecalis, Neisseria meningitidis and Neisseria gonorrhoeae against enterobacteria, e.g. ;Escherichia coli and Proteus sp., against Haemophilus influenzae, Pseudomonas aeruginosa and anaerobes, e.g. B acteroides sp. ;in minimal concentrations from approx. 0.02 to approx. 64 etc. ;In vivo, in case of systemic infection.house mice, e.g. in the case of Staphylococcus aureus, Escherichia coli or Streptococcus pyogenes, ED^Q values of approx. 10 to approx. 70 mg/kg. The new compounds may find application for the treatment of infections as orally or parenterally applicable antibacterial antibiotics, e.g. in the form of corresponding pharmaceutical preparations. Compounds of formula I, where at least one of the functional groups present is in a protected form, whereby a protected carboxyl group is different from a physiologically cleavable esterified carboxyl group, can be used as intermediates for the production of the above-mentioned pharmacologically active compounds of formula I. ; The pharmacological compounds produced according to the present invention can, e.g. is used for the preparation of pharmaceutical preparations containing a therapeutically effective amount of the active substance, together or in admixture with inorganic or organic, solid or liquid, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, which are suitable for administration orally or parenterally, i.e. intramuscularly, subcutaneously or intraperitoneally . For oral administration, tablets or gelatin capsules are used, which contain the active substance together with a diluent, e.g. lactose, dextrose, sucrose, mannitol, sorbitol, cellulose, and/or glycine, and lubricants, e.g. silica, talc, stearic acid or salts thereof, such as magnesium or calcium stearate, and/or polyethylene glycol. Tablets also contain binders, e.g. magnesium aluminum silicate, starch, such as corn, wheat, rice or arrowroot starch, gelatin, tragacanth, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone, and, if desired, the explosive, e.g. starches, agar, alginic acids or a salt thereof, such as sodium alginate, and/or fizzy mixes or adsorbents, colourings, flavorings or sweeteners. ;Parenteral administration is primarily suitable for infusion solutions, preferably isotonic aqueous solutions or suspensions, whereby these can be prepared before use, e.g. from lyophilized preparations, which contain the active substance alone, or together with a carrier material, e.g. mannite. Such preparations may be sterilized and/or contain excipients, e.g. preservatives, stabilisers, wetting agents and/or emulsifiers, solubility mediators, salts for regulating the osmotic pressure and/or buffers. ;In the present pharmaceutical preparations which, if desired, may contain additional pharmacologically valuable substances, are prepared in a manner known per se, e.g. using conventional mixing, dissolving or lyophilization procedures, and then contains approx. 0.1% to 100%, especially from approx. 1% to approx. 50%, lyophilisate to 100% of the active substance. ;Depending on the nature of the infection and the condition of the infected organism, daily doses of approx. ;125 mg to approx. 1.5 g for oral or parenteral treatment of warm-blooded animals (humans and animals) with approx. 70 kg weight. ;The following examples serve to illustrate the invention. Temperatures are given in degrees Celsius. ;In the examples the following abbreviations are used:;DC: Thin layer chromatogram;IR: Infrared spectrum;UV: Ultraviolet spectrum;NMR: Nuclear resonance spectrum;Experimental part:;Example 1: ( 3R, S)- 3-( tetrazol-1- yl)- butyric acid; a) (3R, S)-(tetrazol-1-yl)-butyric acid methyl ester; 10 g of tetrazole are dissolved in 50 ml of crotonic acid methyl ester and 10 drops of pyridine are added. The reaction mixture is then stirred for 18 hours at 90°C. After cooling, take 3 times in toluene and evaporate on the rotary evaporator. The crude product is purified by column chromatography (toluene/ethyl acetate 1:1), (DC silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate 1:1): Rf = 0.26. ;b) (3R,S)-3-(tetrazol-1-yl)-butyric acid; 9.05 g (3R,S)-3-(tetrazol-1-yl)-butyric acid methyl ester; is added with 53, 2 ml of acetic acid, 10.6 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid, and 21.3 ml of water and heated for 3 hours at <1>reflux temperature. After cooling, evaporate to dryness. The residue is evaporated 3 times with toluene under a water jet vacuum and then finely divided twice with ether. After filtration, the solid is dried with high vacuum. ;Example 2: (3R,S)-3-(tetrazol-1-yl)-butyric acid chloride; 2.34 g of (3R,S)-3-(tetrazol-1-yl)-butyric acid are added with 1.5 ml of thionyl chloride and 6 drops of abs. DMF and stirred for 1 h at 80°C. After cooling, the reaction mixture is evaporated on a rotary evaporator, evaporated three more times in the presence of methylene chloride and dried under high vacuum. IR(CH 2 Cl 2 ): 1780 cm"<1. >; Example 3: ( 3R, S )- 3-( pyrrole)- 1- yl)- butyric acid chloride; 2.47 g of (3R, S)-3-(pyrrole- 1-yl)-butyric acid (Chem. Pharm. Bull.; 30, 2586 (1982)) is dissolved in 30 ml of absolute methylene chloride and added with 2.6 4 ml of 1-dimethylamino-1-chloro-2-methylpropene. The reaction mixture is stirred 2 hours and 15 minutes at room temperature and is reacted further without isolation, as described in example 11. ;Example 4: 2- ( ( 3S , 4R) - 3- ( tert . butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl) - ; 4- triphenylmethylthio- 2- oxo - azetidin-1-yl)'-2-hydroxyacetic acid allyl ester; 8.4 g (3S,4R)-3-(tert.butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-triphenyl-methylthio-azetidin-2-one and 8.23 g glyoxylic acid - Allyl ester ethyl hemiacetal in 170 ml of absolute toluene is added with 27 g of molecular sieve (4 A) and stirred for 10 hours at 55° C. After filtering and evaporation on a rotary evaporator under reduced pressure, the crude product is purified by chromatography on silica gel. (Lubricant toluene/ethyl acetate 95:5) DC (silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate 10:1): Rf= 0.37 and 0.27: IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ): 3520, 1760, 1745 cm"<1. >;The starting material (3S,4R)-3-(tert.butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-triphenylmethylthio-azetidin-2-one can be prepared as follows: a) ( 3S, 5R, 6R)- 2, 2- dimethyl- 6 -( tert.-buty1- dimethylsilyloxymethyl)- penam- 3- carboxylic acid methyl ester- 1, 1- dioxide; A solution of 23.6 g (85 mmol) (3S,5R,6R)-2,2-dimethyl-6-hydroxymethyl -penam-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester-1,1-dioxide in 50 ml of dimethylformamide is stirred with 25.5 g (170 mmol) of tert-butyl dimethylchlorosilane and 11.5 g (170 mmol) of imidazole at room temperature for 45 minutes. The solvent is then distilled off under high vacuum and the residue is taken up in ethyl acetate. The solution is washed with 1N sulfuric acid and then with water, and the aqueous solution is extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The organic phase is dried with sodium sulphate and evaporated on a rotary evaporator. The product is obtained as a crystalline mass. ;DC silica gel, toluene/acetyl acetate (4:1): Rf = 0.56; IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ) 3.4; 5.57; 5.65 mm. ;b) 2-(( 3S, 4R)- 3-( tert.-butyl- dimethylsilyloxymethyl)- 4-methylsulfonyl- 2- oxo- azetidin-1- yl)-3- methyl- 2- butenoic acid methyl ester ; A solution of 202 g (0.51 Mol) (3R,5R,6R)-2,2-dimethyl-6-;(tert-butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-penam-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester-1,1-dioxide-1 ,1-dioxide in 800 ml of tetrahydrofuran, is added with 9 ml of DBU and stirred for 5 minutes at room temperature. A further 95 ml of DBU is then added and stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature. Then you add wood. cooling 42.3 ml (0.68 Mol) methyl iodide. After a reaction time of 3 hours, the crystallized DBU hydroiodide is filtered off and the filtrate is evaporated. The residue is taken up in ethyl acetate and the solution is washed with 11N sulfuric acid, water and sodium bicarbonate solution. The aqueous phases are extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases are dried over sodium sulphate and the solution is evaporated to a thick oil. ;DC (silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate (4:1)); Rf = 0.42; IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ) 5.63; 5.81; 6.17 etc. ;c) ( 3S, 4R)- 3- hydroxymethyl- 4- methylsulfonyl- azetidin- 2- one and ( 3S, 4R)- 3-( tert. butyl- dimethylsilyloxymethyl)- 4- methylsulfonyl- azetidin- 2 - one ; A solution of 25 g (61.7 mmol) 2-((3S,4R)-3-(tert-butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-methylsulfonyl-2-oxo-azetidin-1-yl) -3-methyl-2-butenoic acid methyl ester in 400 ml of methylene chloride is treated at -10°C with an ozone/oxygen mixture. The disappearance of the starting material is controlled by thick-layer chromatography. After the end of the reaction, 30 ml of dimethyl sulphide is added and stirred for a further 3 hours at room temperature. The solution is evaporated and the residue taken up in a mixture of 160 ml of methanol, 24 ml of ethyl acetate and 3 ml of water and heated for 40 minutes at 70°C. The solvent is then drawn off and the residue is extracted twice with toluene. The crystallizing oil is taken up in methylene chloride and the crystals, consisting of (3S,4R)-3-hydroxymethyl-4-methylsulphonyl-azetidin-2-one, are isolated by filtration. The filtrate is evaporated and (3S,4R)-3-(tert-butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-methylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-one is obtained by chromatography on silica gel with toluene/ethyl acetate (3:1) in pure form: ;( 3S, 4R)- 3- hydroxymethyl- 4- methylsulfonyl- azetidin- 2- one:; DC, silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate (1:1; Rf = 0.36, IR: (CH2C12) 2.96; 3 .54; 5.61 ym.; (3S, 4R)-3-(tert.-butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4- methyl-sulfonyl-azetidin-2-one: DC, silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate (1:1 ) Rf = 0.06. ;A solution of 14.6 g (81.5 mmol) (3S,4R)-3-hydroxy-'methyl-4-methylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-one in 40 ml of dimethylformamide is added with 24 g (183 mmol) tert-butyldimethylchlorosilane and 11 g (T63 mmol) imidazole for 45 minutes at room temperature. The solvent is then extracted under high vacuum and the residue is taken up in ethyl acetate. The organic phase is washed in order with 1N-sulfuric acid, water and sodium bicarbonate solution. The aqueous the phases are extracted twice with ethyl acetate.The combined organic phases are dried over sodium sulph that and evaporated on a rotary evaporator. The crystalline residue is pure (3S,4R)-3-(tert-butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-methylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-one). ;d) (3S, 4R)-3-(tert.-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-triphenylmethylthio-azetidin-2-one; 12.5 g of triphenylmethyl mercaptan are suspended in 70 ml of methanol at 0°C and added over 10 minutes in portions; show with a total of 2.2 g of a 50% sodium hydride suspension in oil. An emulsion of 11.1 g of (3-(tert.butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-methylsulphonyl-azetidin-2-one in 70 ml of acetone and 70 ml of water is then added dropwise over 30 minutes. After 30 minutes of stirring at 0°C and 1 hour at room temperature, the reaction mixture is evaporated on a rotary evaporator, methylene chloride is added and the aqueous phase is separated. The organic solution is washed with saline solution and dried over sodium sulfate. ;After evaporation, the crude title compound is purified by chromatography on silica gel (eluent toluene/ethyl acetate 19:1 ). ;DC (toluene acetate 19:1): Rf = 0.64; ;IR (methylene chloride): 3390, 1760, 1117, 835 cm<-1>. ;Example 5: 2-(( 3S, 4R)- 3-(tert.butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl-4-triphenylmethylthio-2-oxo-azetidin-1-yl)-2-triphenylphosphoranylidene-acetic acid allyl ester; To a solution of 604 mg 2-((3S,4R)-3-( tert.butyl-dimethyl-silyloxymethyl=-4-triphenylmethylthio-2-oxo-azetidin-1-yl)-2-hydroxyacetic acid allyl ester in 5 ml tetrahydrofuran is added after stirring ve d -15°C in sequence 80 µl of thionyl chloride and 88 µl of pyridine in the course of 5 minutes. The white suspension is stirred for 1 hour at -10°C and filtered over "Hyflo". After washing the residue with toluene, it is evaporated on a rotary evaporator. The residue is dissolved in 3 ml of dioxane, 293 mg of triphenylphosphine and 0.13 ml of 2,6-lutidine are added and stirred for 2 hours at a basic temperature of 115°C. The mixture is filtered over "Hyflo" and the residue is washed with toluene. The combined filtrates are evaporated. Chromatography of the residue on silica gel gave pure product (eluent toluene/ethyl acetate 95:5). ;DC (silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate 1:1): Rf = 0.18; ;IR (CH 2 C 12 ): 1745, 1605 cm"<1>. ;Example 6: Silver salt of 2-(( 3S, 4R)- 3-( tert. butyl- dimethyl-silyloxymethyl)- 4- mercapto- 2- oxo - azetidin-1-yl)-2-triphenylphosphoranylidene-acetic acid allyl ester; 7.5 g (2-(3S,4R)-3-tert.butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-triphenylmethylthio-2-oxo-azetidine-1- yl)-2-triphenylphosphorus-anylideneacetic acid allyl ester is dissolved in 87 ml of ether and added at room temperature with 70 ml of a 0.5 M aqueous silver nitrate solution.Then a mixture of 3.6 ml of tributylamine, 0.18 ml of trifluoroacetic acid and 25 ml of ether to this and stir the reaction mixture for 20 minutes. The solid is then filtered off with suction and washed with ether, water and once more with ether. Finally, for purification, the solid is further slurried in 40 ml of ether and 40 ml of water, filtered off with suction and dried IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ): 1760, 1620 cm"<1>. ;Example 7: 2 - ( ( 3R, 4R)- 3-( tert. butyl- dimethylsilyloxymethyl) - 4-( ( 3R, S)- 3-( tetrazol- 1- yl)- butyroyl-thio)- 2- oxo - azetidin-1-yl) 2-triphenylphosphoro-anylideneacetic acid- allyl ester 5 g silver salt of 2.((3S,4R)-3-(tert.butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-mercapto-2-oxo-azetidin-1-yl )-2-triphenyl-phosphoranylideneacetic acid-2-allyl esters are dissolved in 100 ml of absolute methylene chloride, cooled to 0°C, 85 mg of 4-dimethylaminopyridine and 1.23 ml of pyridine are added. After the addition of 1.9 g of 3-(tetrazol-1-yl)-butyric acid chloride, the reaction mixture is stirred for 30 minutes at 0°C. The precipitate is filtered off, the filtrate is diluted with methylene chloride, washed with aqueous Na^CO-^ solution and then with saline solution. After drying over Na2<S0>4<i>nn, the solution is evaporated and the residue is chromatographed on silica gel (eluent toluene/ethyl acetate). ;DC (silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate 1:1): Rf = 0.18; ;IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ): 1750, 1680, 1610 cm"<1>. ;Example 8: ( 5R, 6S)-2-(( 2R, S)- 2-( tetrazol-1- yl)- prop- 1- yl)- 6-(tert.butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-2-penem-3- carboxylic acid allyl ester; A solution of 3.4 g of 2-((3S,4R)-3-(tert.butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4 -((3R,S)-3-tetrazol-1-yl)-butyloylthio=-2-bxo-azetidin-1-yl)-2-triphenhlphosphoranylideneacetic acid allyl ester in 500 ml of absolute toluene, stirred under an argon atmosphere for 2 hours at reflux temperature. The solvent is then evaporated and the crude product is purified by chromatography on silica gel (eluent toluene/ethyl acetate) 9:1). ;DC (silica gel, ethyl acetate) ; Rf = 0.55; ;IR (CH2C12): 1780, 1695, 1575 cm "<1. >;Example 9: ( 5R, 6S )- 2-(( 2R, S )- 2- tetrazol- 1- yl)- prop- 1-yl)- 6- hydroxy, ethyl ^- penem- S- carboxylic acid allyl ester ; solution of 1.5 g of (5R,6S)-2-((2R,S)-2-(tetrazol-1-yl)-6-(tert.butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid allyl ester dissolve in 32 mL of abs. THF, cool to -70°C and add sequentially with 1.31 mL of acetic acid and dropwise over 15 min with 70 mL of a 0.2 M tetrabutylammonium fluoride solution in THF. The cooling bath is then removed and the reaction mixture is slowly brought to room temperature. After 5 hours of stirring at room temperature, the reaction mixture is concentrated on a rotary evaporator and taken up in ethyl acetate and aqueous NaHCO^. ;The organic phase is separated, washed with a saline solution and dried over Na2SO^ and evaporated. The crude product is purified by chromatography on silica gel ( eluent toluene/acetyl acetate 4:1 to 1:1). ;DC (silica gel, ethyl acetate): Rf = 0.22; ;IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ): 3600, 1780, 1695, 1575 cm"<1. >;Example 10: ( 5R, 6S)- 1-(( 2R, S)- 2-( tetrazol)- 1- yl)-prop- 1- yl)- 6- hydroxymethyl- 2- penem- 3-carboxylic acid, sodium salt ; o ; 0.85 g (5R,6S)-2- ((2R,S)-(tetrazol-1-yl)-prop-1-yl)-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid allyl ester is dissolved in 32 ml of abs. THF, cooled to -10°C and added with 53 mg of tetrakis-triphenylphosphine palladium and 9.75 ml of tributyltin hydride. After 65 minutes of stirring at -10°C, 0.16 ml of acetic acid is added and the reaction mixture is further stirred for 10 minutes at -5°C. After concentration on a rotary evaporator, the residue is taken up in water/ethyl acetate, cooled and adjusted to pH 7.5 with NaHCO^. The aqueous phase is separated, washed twice with ethyl acetate, concentrated on a rotary evaporator and purified on an XAD-2 column. (Lubricant: water). The combined fractions are lyophilized under high vacuum. ;DC (reversed-phase opti UPC 12, water): Rf = 0.3; ;UV (phosphate buffer pH 7.4): X max. = 304 nm. Example 11: 2-(( 3S, 4R)- 3-( tert. butyl methylsilyloxymethyl)-4-(( 3R, S)- 3-( pyrrol- 1- yl))- butyloylthio)- 2-oxo- azetidin-1-yl)-2-triphenylphosphoranylidene-acetic acid-allyl ester; Analogous to example 7, 5 g of the silver salt of 2-((3S,4R)-3-(tert.butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-mercapto-2-oxo-azetidine- 1-yl)-2-triphenylphosphoranylidene-acetic acid.2.allyl ester and 1.5 molar equivalent of 3-(pyrrol-1-yl)-butyric acid chloride to the title compound. ;DC (silica gel, ethyl acetate): Rf = 0.62; ;IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ): 1750, 1680, 1625 cm"<1. >;Example 12: ( 5R, 6S)- 2-(( 2R, S)- 2-( pyrrol-1- yl)- 6-( tert .-butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid allyl ester; Analogous to example 8, 3.86 g of (2-((3S,4R)-3-(tert.butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-((3R, S)-3-(pyrrol-1-yl)-butyroylthio)-2-oxo-azetidin-1-yl)-2-triphenylphosphoranylide-acetic acid allyl ester of the title compound.;DC (silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate 1:1): Rf = 0.7; ;IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ): 1780, 1700, 1575 cm"<1>. ;Example 13: (5R,6S)-2-((2R,S)-2-(pyrrol-1-yl )-prop-1-yl)-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid allyl ester; Analogous to example 9, 1.5 g of (5R,6S)-2-((2R,S)-2-( pyrrol-1-yl)-prop-1-yl)6-[tert.butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid allyl ester of the title compound. ;DC (silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate 1:1): Rf = 0.35; ;IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ): 3600, 1780, 1695, 1575 c-"1 . ;Example 14; (5R,6S)-2-((2R,S)-2-(pyrrol-1-yl) - prop- 1- yl)-6- hydroxymethyl- 2- penem- 3- carboxylic acid, sodium salt; Analogous to example 10, 1 g of (5R,6S)-2-((2R,S)-2-pyrrol-1-yl)-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid is transferred to the title compound. ;DC (refersed phase; opti UTC 12, water-acetonitrile 4:1) Rf = 0.38; ;UV (water): X max. = 30 8 nm. Example 15: (3R,S)-3-(tetrazol-1-yl)-thiobutyric acid; 2 g of (3R,S)-3-(tetrazol-1-yl)-butyric acid chloride in 4 ml abs. methylene chloride is added at 0°C to an excess of a pyridine/hydrogen sulphide solution in methylene chloride. The reaction mixture is stirred for 1 hour at 0°C, diluted with chloroform and acidified with 2N sulfuric acid. The aqueous solution is re-extracted twice with chloroform. The combined organic phases are extracted with aqueous NaHCO 2 solution. After acidifying the extracts with H 2 SO 4 (2N) and washing several times with chloroform, the organic solution is dried over Na 2 SO 4 and evaporated to dryness. One gets the title connection. ;IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ): 2560, 1695 cm"<1>. ;Example 16: ( 3S, 4R)- 3-( tert. butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)- 4-(( 3R, S)- 3- tetrazol- 1- yl) - butyroylthio)-azetidin-2-one; 8.2 g (3S,4R)-3-(tert.butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-methylsulfonylazetidin-2-one and ;,6.7 g (3R,S)-3- (tetrazol-1.yl)-thiobutyric acid is dissolved in 180 ml of methylene chloride and added with 180 ml of water and 42 ml of 1N NaOH. The emulsion is stirred vigorously for 1 hour at room temperature. The organic phase is separated and the aqueous phase is extracted a further 2 times with CH2C12 . The combined organic extracts are washed with a saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 solution, then with a saline solution, dried over Na 2 SO 4 and evaporated. The crude product formed is purified by chromatography on silica gel. ;IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ): 3425, 1765, 1685 cm"<1> . The preparation of the starting material (3S,4R)-3-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-methylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-one is described in example 4. Example. 1 7 : 2- ( ( 3S, 4R) - 3- ( tert . butyl- dimethylsilyloxymethyl)--4-( ( 3R, S)- 3-( tetrazol- 1- yl)- butyroylthio)- 2- oxo-azetidine - 1-yl)-2-hydroxyacetic acid allyl ester; Analogous to example 4, 8.1 g of ((3S,4R)-3-(tert.butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-((3R,S)-3-(tetrazole) is reacted -1-yl)-butyroyl-thio)-azetidin-2-one to the title compound. ;IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ): 3515, 1760, 1745, 1685 cm"<1. >;Example 18: 2-(( 3S, 4R) - 3-(tert.butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-((3R,S)-3-(tetrazol-1-yl)-butyroylthio)-2-oxo-azetidin-1-yl)-2-triphenylphosphoranylideneacetic acid allyl ester; Analogously to example 5, 7.43 g of 2-((3S,4R)-3-(tert.butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-((3R,S)-3-(tetrazol-1-yl)-butyroyl-thio) -2-oxo-azetidin-1-yl)-2-hydroxyacetic acid allyl ester of the title compound.;DC (silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate 1:1): Rf = 0.18;;IR (CH2Cl2): 1750, 1680, 1610 cm"<1>. ;The product is identical to that from example 7. ;Example 19: In an analogous way as described in the above;specified examples, the the following compounds: (5R,6S)-2-((2R,S)-2-(tetrazol-1-yl)-but-1-yl)-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem. 3- carboxylic acid, sodium salt, UV water: X max.= 306 nm; (5R,6S)-2-((2R,S)-2-(1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)-prop-1-yl)-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid, sodium salt, UV (phosphate buffer pH 7.4). ^ max_ = 303 nm; ( 5R, 6S)- 2-(( 2R, S)- 2-( 5- amino- tetrazol- 1- yl)- pro p-1- yl)-6- hydroxymethyl- 2- penem- 3- carboxylic acids, UV :(water) : X max. = 30b nm; ;( 5R, 6S) . 2. ( ( 2R, S)- 2-( imidazol-1- yl)- prop- 1- yl)- 6-hydroxymethyl- 2- penem- 3- carboxylic acid, sodium salt, ; UV (water): X max. = 308 nm; ;( 5R, 6S)- 2-(( 2R, S)- 2-( pyrazol- 1- yl)- prop- 1- yl)- 6- hydroxymethyl-2- penem- 3- carboxylic acid, sodium salt, UV {water ): Xmax = ;309 nm; ;( 5R, 6S)- 2-(( 1R, S)- 1-( tetrazol- 1- yl)- ethyl)- 6- hydroxymethyl- 2-penem- 3- carboxylic acid and sodium salt, UV (phosphate buffer pH 7.4 ): X max.=305 nm; ;( 5R, 6S)- 2-( 2R, S)- 2-( tetrazol- 1- yl)- prop- 1- yl)- 6-(( 1R)-hydroxyethyl)- 2- penem- 3- carboxylic acid, sodium salt, UV (water): X max.= 306 nm; ;and ;(5R,6S)-2-((2R,S)-2-(tetrazol-1-y1)-prop-1-yl)-6-(2-hydroxy-prop-2-yl)-2 - penem- 3- carboxylic acid, sodium salt, ;UV (water): X max. = 30 7 nm. ;Example 20. : ( 5R, 6S) - 2- ( ( 2R, S) - 2- ( tetrazol-1- yl) - prop-1- yl) 6- hydroxymethyl- 2- penem- 3- carboxylic acid-1- ethoxycarbonyloxyethyl ester; 1.2 g of sodium iodide is dissolved in 3.7 ml of acetone and 0.275 ml of ethyl-1-chloroethyl carbonate is added. The mixture is then stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The solution is then added dropwise to 15.0 ml of methylene chloride and filtered from the precipitated inorganic salts. The methylene chloride solution is evaporated to 2 ml and added at 0°C to a solution of 0.332 g (1 mmol) (5R,6S)-2-((2R,S)-2-(tetrazol-1-yl)-prop-1 -yl)-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid in 4 ml of dimethylacetamide. It is then stirred for 3 hours at 0°C, after which it is diluted with acetyl acetate and washed three times with water. The organic phases are dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated on a rotary evaporator. The crude product is purified on 10 g of silica gel with the eluant ethyl acetate. The title compound is obtained as a white foam. IR spectrum (methylene chloride): -1 ; absorption bpnd at 1788 and 17 40 cm; Example 21: In an analogous manner as described in example 20, starting from (5R,6S)-2-((2R,S)-2 -(pyrrol-1-yl)-prop-1-yl)-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid ( 5R , 6S )- 2-(( 2R , 6S )- 2-( pyrrol-1- yl )- prop- 1- yl)- 6-hydroxymethyl- 2- penem- 3- carboxylic acid- 1- ethoxycarboxylic ethyl ester. ;_i ;IR spectrum (methylene chloride): 1786 and 1743 cm; Example 22: ( 5R, 6S)- 2-(( 2R, S)- 2-( tetrazol-1- yl)- prop- 1-yl)- 6 - hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid pivaloyloxymethyl ester; dissolve 0.6 g of sodium iodide in 2 ml of acetone and add 0.15 ml of pivalic acid chloromethyl ester. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3 hours and then added dropwise to 7.5 ml of methylene chloride. The precipitated inorganic salts are filtered off. The methylene chloride solution is evaporated to 1 ml and added to a solution of 0.133 g (0.4 mmol) (5R,6S)-2-((2R,S)-2-(tetrazol-1-yl)-prop-1-yl) -6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid and 0.07 ml of diisopropylethylamine in 4 ml of N,N-dimethylacetamide at 0°C. It is then stirred for 3 hours at 0°C, after which it is diluted with ethyl acetate and washed three times with water. The organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated on a rotary evaporator. The crude product is purified on 10 g of silica gel with the eluent ethyl acetate
tittelforbindelsen som hvitt skum.the title compound as a white foam.
IF-spektrum (metylenklorid): absorpsjonsbånd ved 1790 ogIF spectrum (methylene chloride): absorption band at 1790 and
1730 cm"<1>. 1730 cm"<1>.
Eksempel 23: På analog måte som beskrevet i eksempel 22Example 23: In an analogous way as described in example 22
får man utgående fra (5R,6S)-2-((2R,S)-2-(pyrrol-1-yl)-prop-1-yl)-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre ( 5R, 6S)-2-(( 2R, S)- 2-( pyrrol- 1- yl)- prop- 1- yl)- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2-penem- 3- karbpksylsyre- pivaloyloksymetylesteren. starting from (5R,6S)-2-((2R,S)-2-(pyrrol-1-yl)-prop-1-yl)-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid ( 5R, 6S)-2-((2R,S)-2-(pyrrol-1-yl)-prop-1-yl)-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid pivaloyloxymethyl ester.
-1 -1
IR-spektrum (metylenklorid): 1789 og 1726 cm .IR spectrum (methylene chloride): 1789 and 1726 cm .
Eksempel 24: Tørrampuller eller medisinglass, som inneholder 0,5 g natrium-salt (5R,6S)-2-((2R,S)-2-(tetrazol-1-yl)-prop-1-yl)-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penem-3-karboksylat som aktiv substans fremstilles som følgende: Example 24: Dry ampoules or vials containing 0.5 g sodium salt (5R,6S)-2-((2R,S)-2-(tetrazol-1-yl)-prop-1-yl)-6- Hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylate as active substance is prepared as follows:
Sammensetning (for 1 ampull eller medisinglass):Composition (for 1 ampoule or vial):
En steril vandig oppløsning av den aktive substans og mannitolen underkastes frysetørking under aseptiske betingelser i 5 ml ampuller eller 5 ml medisinglass, og ampullene henholdsvis medisinglassene, lukkes og prøves. A sterile aqueous solution of the active substance and mannitol is subjected to freeze-drying under aseptic conditions in 5 ml vials or 5 ml vials, and the vials or vials are closed and tested.
Isteden for den ovenfor nevnte aktivsubstans kan også anvendes den samme mengde av et annet aktivt stoff ifølge de ovenfor nevnte eksempler, som f.eks. natriumsaltet av (5R,6S)-2-((2R,S)-2-(pyrrol-1-yl)-prcp-1-yl)-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penem-3-karboksyisyre. Instead of the above-mentioned active substance, the same amount of another active substance can also be used according to the above-mentioned examples, such as e.g. the sodium salt of (5R,6S)-2-((2R,S)-2-(pyrrol-1-yl)-prcp-1-yl)-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid.
Claims (8)
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CH249083 | 1983-05-06 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
NO841788L true NO841788L (en) | 1984-11-07 |
Family
ID=4234969
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
NO841788A NO841788L (en) | 1983-05-06 | 1984-05-04 | HETEROCYCLYL-LAVALKYL-PENEM COMPOUNDS, PROCEDURES FOR THEIR PREPARATION, PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS, CONTAINING THESE COMPOUNDS AND APPLICATION OF THE LATER |
Country Status (14)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP0125207A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JPS6034970A (en) |
KR (1) | KR840009107A (en) |
AU (1) | AU566019B2 (en) |
DK (1) | DK222284A (en) |
ES (1) | ES8604970A1 (en) |
FI (1) | FI841739A (en) |
GR (1) | GR81605B (en) |
IL (1) | IL71756A0 (en) |
NO (1) | NO841788L (en) |
NZ (1) | NZ208054A (en) |
PH (1) | PH21606A (en) |
PT (1) | PT78530B (en) |
ZA (1) | ZA843345B (en) |
Families Citing this family (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
PH21930A (en) * | 1982-11-16 | 1988-04-08 | Ciba Geigy Ag | 6-hydroxy-lower alkylpenem compounds,pharmaceutical composition containing same and method of use thereof |
GB8509180D0 (en) * | 1985-04-10 | 1985-05-15 | Erba Farmitalia | Penem derivatives |
EP0252885A1 (en) * | 1986-07-10 | 1988-01-13 | Ciba-Geigy Ag | Bicyclic thiaaza compounds |
US4891369A (en) * | 1986-12-03 | 1990-01-02 | Taiho Pharmaceutical Company, Limited | 2β-Substituted-methylpenicillanic acid derivatives, and salts and esters thereof |
DE69629152T2 (en) * | 1995-02-17 | 2004-07-08 | Daiichi Suntory Pharma Co., Ltd. | Penem derivatives and anti-microbial agents containing them |
Family Cites Families (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4168314A (en) * | 1977-11-17 | 1979-09-18 | Merck & Co., Inc. | 6-(1'-Hydroxyethyl)-2-aminoethylthio-pen-2-em-3-carboxylic acid |
EP0042026B1 (en) * | 1978-02-02 | 1986-01-08 | Ciba-Geigy Ag | 3,4-disubstituted azetidin-2-on compounds and process for their preparation |
JPS5625110A (en) * | 1978-12-18 | 1981-03-10 | Bristol Myers Co | Antibacterial |
-
1984
- 1984-04-30 EP EP84810204A patent/EP0125207A1/en not_active Ceased
- 1984-05-02 JP JP59087962A patent/JPS6034970A/en active Pending
- 1984-05-02 FI FI841739A patent/FI841739A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1984-05-02 PH PH30635A patent/PH21606A/en unknown
- 1984-05-03 PT PT78530A patent/PT78530B/en unknown
- 1984-05-04 ZA ZA843345A patent/ZA843345B/en unknown
- 1984-05-04 ES ES532212A patent/ES8604970A1/en not_active Expired
- 1984-05-04 NO NO841788A patent/NO841788L/en unknown
- 1984-05-04 NZ NZ208054A patent/NZ208054A/en unknown
- 1984-05-04 DK DK222284A patent/DK222284A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1984-05-04 KR KR1019840002451A patent/KR840009107A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1984-05-04 AU AU27703/84A patent/AU566019B2/en not_active Ceased
- 1984-05-04 IL IL71756A patent/IL71756A0/en unknown
- 1984-05-04 GR GR74602A patent/GR81605B/el unknown
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
FI841739A (en) | 1984-11-07 |
AU566019B2 (en) | 1987-10-08 |
IL71756A0 (en) | 1984-09-30 |
ZA843345B (en) | 1984-12-24 |
KR840009107A (en) | 1984-12-24 |
PT78530A (en) | 1984-06-01 |
FI841739A0 (en) | 1984-05-02 |
JPS6034970A (en) | 1985-02-22 |
PT78530B (en) | 1986-09-15 |
GR81605B (en) | 1984-12-11 |
DK222284D0 (en) | 1984-05-04 |
NZ208054A (en) | 1987-01-23 |
ES532212A0 (en) | 1986-02-16 |
EP0125207A1 (en) | 1984-11-14 |
ES8604970A1 (en) | 1986-02-16 |
DK222284A (en) | 1984-11-07 |
PH21606A (en) | 1987-12-11 |
AU2770384A (en) | 1984-11-08 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA1340273C (en) | 6-substituted thia-aza compounds | |
EP0000636A1 (en) | Penem compounds, processes for their preparation, their use in pharmaceutical compositions and azetidinones used in their preparation | |
NO834189L (en) | PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF 6-HYDROXY-LOWER GENERIC COOL-PENEM COMPOUNDS | |
US4794109A (en) | 6-hydroxy-lower alkylpenem compounds, pharmaceutical preparations that contain these compounds, and the use of the latter | |
NO841788L (en) | HETEROCYCLYL-LAVALKYL-PENEM COMPOUNDS, PROCEDURES FOR THEIR PREPARATION, PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS, CONTAINING THESE COMPOUNDS AND APPLICATION OF THE LATER | |
JPH0339514B2 (en) | ||
NO834191L (en) | PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS | |
US4656165A (en) | Aminomethyl penem compounds | |
US4616007A (en) | Heterocyclthio compounds, process for their manufacture, pharmaceutical preparations that contain these compounds, and the the use of the latter | |
NO841789L (en) | PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF AMINOLA GENERIC SEAT PENEM | |
NO169716B (en) | ANALOGY PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF THERAPEUTIC ACTIVE BICYCLIC BETA-LACTAM CARBOXYL ACIDS | |
EP0121502B1 (en) | Novel penem compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, processes for their preparation | |
JPS61243088A (en) | Heterocyclyl-penem compound | |
NO845277L (en) | PROCEDURE FOR MANUFACTURING NEW OPTICALLY ACTIVE PENEM CONNECTIONS. | |
EP0201459A1 (en) | Acylaminomethyl-penem compounds, their preparation and pharmaceutical formulations containing them | |
NO853142L (en) | NEW AMINOAL CHILDREN PENALS. | |
EP0144041A1 (en) | Heterocyclic substituted penems | |
NO824067L (en) | AMINOBUTYLFORBINDELSER. | |
JPS6072893A (en) | Aminomethyl compound, manufacture and medicine | |
JPS59206388A (en) | Amino lower alkylpenem compound, manufacture and medicine | |
JPS60214790A (en) | Optically active penem compound, manufacture and medicine |